Skip to main content

Full text of "Amazing Stories v36n06 (1962 06) (Chainsaw Shank)"

See other formats


by Sam Moskowifz 





TWO GREAT 
STORIES ! 


THE STAR FISHERMAN by Robert F. Young 

Come with Chris Stark, a star fisherman, to the farthest ends 
of space and cast your net in the deeps of the Trans-Solar 
Sea. Maybe like him, you'll catch death in your nets— and 
a love that will haunt you to the end of time! 

SHIELD by Poul Anderson 

He came back from the stars a hero. But a. few short hours 
later he was a hunted fugitive— a man with a secret the 
whole world wanted. And only a beautiful, disillusioned 
woman offered any hope of salvation! 

There's exciting reading in June FANTASTIC— on sale May 22 

only 35^ 

AMAZING STORIES, Fact and Science Fiction, Vol. 36, No. 6, June, 1962, is published 
monthly by Ziff-Davis Publishing Company, at 434 South Wabash Avenue, Chicago 5, Illinois. 
Subscription rates: U.S. and possessions $3.50 for 12 issues; Canada and Pan American Union 
Countries $4.00; all other foreign countries $4.50. Second Class postage paid at Chicago, 
Illinois and at additional mailing offices. 


SOVIET-RUSSIAN SCIENCE FICTION 

Take Your Pick of 7 Classics 

available now in beautifully printed and illustrated English 
translations— and at prices you can easily afford 


What Fritz Leiber and Ray Bradbury are 
to American s-f fans, so is Ivan Yefremov 
to Russian counterparts. And now, for 
the first time, you get 3 of his greatest 
works: “Andromeda”, “The Heart of the 
Serpent” and “The Land of Foam” — at 
a special introductory rate. 

We’re also making available 2 master- 
pieces by Alexei Tolstoi we’ve just re- 
ceived: “Aelita” and “The Garin Death 
Ray”; plus one each by Vladimir Obru- 
chev, “Pliitonia”, and Alexander Belayev 
“The Amphibian”. 

At these ridiculously low prices, you’ll 
be wise to gobble up the lot. 

By IVAN YEFREMOV 

“ANDROMEDA" • This novel which pre- 
dicted the “sputnik" is the fascinating ad- 
venture of the brilliant men and women of 
interstellar rank who keep Earth in perma- 
nent contact with the Cosmos. $2.50 

“THE HEART OF THE SERPENT" • Fore- 
casts interspace life 2000 years from now. 
Also contains outstanding s-f stories by 
five of Russia’s most gifted scientific writ- 
ers. Interplanetary s-f thriller! $1.25 

“THE LAND OF FOAM" • Its hero, Pan- 
dion, creates a magic cameo which bestows 
strange powers on its owners. Will remind 
you of Conan, the legendary adventurer. 
Makes the art and culture of ancient Greece 
and Rome come alive again. $2.00 

$5.75 value — now for only $4.15! A cash 
savings to you of $1.60! And we’ll ship them 
all postage-free! 

By ALEXEI TOLSTOI 

“AELITA" • A fascinating interplanetary 
love story about a delicate, blue-skinned 
Martian girl with whom Los, a Russian 
engineer, inventor and dreamer, falls in 
love. Hearts beat faster as planets battle 
for mastery. $1.00 

“THE GARIN DEATH RAY" • Garin, in- 
ventor of a powerful death ray, wants to 
dominate the world and enslave mankind. 
But two ordinary people refuse to submit, 
and engage Garin in a breathtaking battle 
that will keep you on the edge of your seat. 

$1.25 

By VLADIMIR OBRUCHEV 
“PLUTONIA” • An enthralling s-f voyage 
to an underground world of rivers, lakes, 
volcanoes and strange vegetation — with its 
own sun. monstrous animals and primitive 
peoples. Handsomely illustrated. $1.25 


By ALEXANDER BELAYEV 
“THE AMPHIBIAN" • In this novel of the 
ocean mastered by mankind, a sea-devil 
appears near Buenos Aires, creates conster- 
nation until he is unmasked. $1.00 

Fill out the Coupon below and mail it in 
today. You can get all 7 books — a $10.25 
value — for only $8.65 — and we’ll pay all the 
postage, too. 

Or you can order individually, or the 3 
Yefremov novels as a set. 


CROSS WORLD 

Direct importers from the U.S.S.R. 

Center for every known Russian publication. 
We are suppliers to the nation’s leading uni- 
versities, colleges and high schools ; the Armed 
Forces, The Library of Congress, Federal and 
State agencies, and industrial research organi- 
zations. Ask for a catalog of your interest. 


CROSS WORLD BOOKS AND PERIODICALS. 

INC. G B L 

333 S. Wacker Drive, Chicago, 6, Illinois 

Gentlemen : 

Enclosed find my check or money order for 

$ 

□ Send me Yefremov’s ANDROMEDA. THE 
HEART OF THE SERPENT and THE LANO 
OF FOAM — all 3 a $5.75 value for only $4. 1 5 

□ Send me all 7 books — a $10.25 value for only 
$8.65 

□ Send ANDROMEDA only at $2.50 

□ Send THE LAND OF THE FOAM only, at 
$2.00 

□ Send THE HEART OF THE SERPENT only, at 
$1.25 

□ Send Alexei Tolstoi’s AELITA only, 'at $1.00 

□ Send Alexei Tolstoi’s “THE GARDIN DEATH 
RAY" only, at $1.25. 

□ Send Vladimif Obruchev's PLUTONIA only, at 
$1.25 

□ Send Alexander Belayev’s THE AMPHIBIAN 

only, at $1 .00 

□ Please send me free 1962 complete catalog of 
Russian periodicals. Catalog is in English and 
Russian languages (many periodicals are pub- 
lished in English). 

□ Interested in learning Russian - : Easily? Check 
here to receive absolutely free complete Catalog 
£19 of Russian language studies, beginners to 
advanced. 


Name 


Address 


City Zone State, 


3 


JUNE, 1962 


Vol. 36, No. 6 



REG. U. S. PAT. OFF. 

"FIRST IN SCIENCE FICTION SINCE 1926" 


NOVELETS 

THUNDER IN SPACE 

By Lester del Rey 8 

THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 
(A Classic Reprint) 

By W. K. Sonnemann 98 

SHORT STORIES 
THE WARRIORS 

By Tom Purdom 40 

PASSPORT TO ETERNITY 

By J. G. Ballard 56 

SF PROFILE 

THE SAINTLY HERESY OF 
CLIFFORD D. SIMAK 

By Sam Moskowitz 86 


FACT 

EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL LIFE: 

AN ASTRONOMER'S THEORY 


By Ben Bova 75 

FEATURES 

EDITORIAL . 6 

THROUGH TIME AND SPACE WITH 
BENEDICT BREADFRUIT: IV 

By Grandall Barretton 55 

THE SPECTROSCOPE 137 

. . . OR SO YOU SAY 141 

COMING NEXT MONTH 144 


Cover: ALEX SCHOMBURG 

SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE: All subscription corre- 
spondence should be addressed to AMAZING STORIES. 
Circulation Department. 4:54 South Wabash Avenue, 
Chicago 5. Illinois. Please allow at least six weeks for 
change of address. Include your old address, as well as 
new — enclosing if possible an address label from a re- 
cent Issue. 

EDITORIAL CONTRIBUTIONS must bo accompanied 
by return postage and will be handled with reasonable 
ran*; however publisher assumes no responsibility for 
return or safety of art work, photographs or manuscripts. 


ZIFF-DAVIS PUBLISHING COMPANY 

William B. Ziff. Chairman of tho Board 
<1040-1053) 

William ZiiT. President 

W. Bradford Briggs. Executive Vice 
President 

Horshcl B. Sarbln. Vico President and 
General Manager 

M. T. Birmingham. Jr.. Vice President 
and Treasurer 

Robert I*. Breeding, Circulation Director 

Charles llousman. Financial Vice 
President 


Editorial Director 
NORMAN M. LOBSENZ 
Editor 

CELE GOLDSMITH 


Ziff-Davis Publishing Company 

Editorial and Executive Office 

One Park Avenue 

New York 16. New York 

ORegon 9-7200 

Advertising Manager 

Martin Gluckman 


Midwestern and Circulation Office 
434 South Wabash Avenue 
Chicago 5. Illinois 
W A bash 2-4911 


i Western Office 

9025 Wilshire Boulevard 

I Beverly Hills, California 
CRestview 4-0265 



Copyright © 1962 by Ziff-Davis Publishing Company. All rights reserved. 



SAVE up to 50 % 

and sometimes more on 
HOBBY BOOKS from all over the World 
Here are just a few of the BUYS! 

RUSH YOUR ORDER -Quantities are Limited 

Pub. Sale 
price price 


THE IAN ALLAN BOOK OF TRAINS, R. Bernard Way $2.00 $1.50 

RAILWAY ROUNDABOUT, ed. by Adams & Whitehouse 2.75 2.00 

TRAINS ILLUSTRATED ANNUAL-1961, ed. by G. F. Allen 3.25 1.50 

TRUE BOOK ABOUT INVENTIONS, Larsen 2.75 2.00 

THE TRUE BOOK ABOUT RAILWAYS, by Ernest F. Carter 2.75 1.75 

INTRODUCTION TO WIRELESS, by W. E. Pearce 3.25 2.25 

THE CRAFTSMAN ENGINEER, by Raymond Lister 4.25 3.00 

LET ME EMBROIDER, by Winsome Douglass 3.00 2.50 

COUNTRY BASKETS, by Evelyn Legg 4.50 4.00 

EMBROIDERY, by Winsome Douglass 1.50 1.25 

LAMPSHADES, by Margaret Rourke 1.50 1.25 

TOYING WITH TRIFLES, by Margaret Hutchings 3.00 2.50 

THE YOUNG SCIENTIST'S COMPANION, Maurice Goldsmith 4.25 3.25 

CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDINGS, Vol 2-Masonry, Windows 5.50 4.00 

A MONK AT THE POTTER'S WHEEL, Story of Charnwood 6.50 5.00 

BETTER HOME MANAGEMENT, by Aileen King 5.75 4.25 

PRACTICAL PROBLEMS IN FOUNDATIONS, Henry Reynolds 6.75 5.00 

MAGIC AS A PASTIME, by Geoffrey Robinson 4.25 3.50 

TEACH YOURSELF CANASTA, by Kenneth Konstan 2.00 1.50 

KNOW THE GAME-Inn Games 1.00 .75 

PENNY'S PARTY BOOK, by Harry Hainigson 2.95 2.50 

MODERN PARTY GAMES, by Kate Stevens 2.50 2.00 

CONTRACT BRIDGE, a Know the Game handbook 1.00 .50 

PARTY GAMES FOR YOUNG CHILDREN, by Jane Grey 2.75 2.00 

SOLO WHIST, by Ben Cohen 3.75 3.00 

GARDENING QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOK, Hay & Stewart 1.25 1.00 

the A.8.C. OF GARDENING, by W. E. Shewell-Cooper 2.50 1.75 

THE BOOK OF BULBOUS PLANTS, by H. G. Witham Fogg 5.00 3.00 

GARDENING FOR BOYS & GIRLS, by W. E. Shewell-Cooper 2.75 1.50 

PLANNING YOUR GARDEN, by W. S. Brett 5.75 2.75 

the A-B.C. OF POT PLANTS, by W. B. Shewell-Cooper 2.50 1.50 

PRUNING, by Arthur Osborn & N. B. Bagenel 3.75 2.00 

ADVENTURE CALLING, by Macdonald Hastings 3.25 1.50 

EAGLE BOOK OF MODERN WONDERS 3.75 1.75 

EAGLE ANNUAL, ed. by Marcus Morris 3.25 1.50 

SWIFT ANNUAL, edited by Marcus Morris 2.50 1.25 

ART FOR YOUNG PEOPLE, E. Alexander & B. Carter 5.75 3.75 

A NEW LOOK AT THE ARTS, comp, by Hether Kay 1.50 1.00 

THE YOUNG ARTIST'S COMPANION, John Wynne-Morgan 4.25 3.25 

YOUR BODY AND HOW IT WORKS, by Harry Hollinson 1.25 .75 

BODY BUILDING FOR SPORTSMEN & ATHLETES, Lavelle 3.25 2.50 

KEEPING FIT FOR ALL AGES, Know the Game handbook . 1.00 .75 

THE WINE & FOOD MENU BOOK, by Andre Simon 5.75 4.50 


HANDY ORDER BLANK 


Hobby Shelf, Dept. AS, P.O. Box 721, New Rochelle, N.Y. 

Enclosed is a check ( ), money order < ) Tor $ 

books; (Type or print clearly) 


Please send me the following 


(Not’e-^-Por orders’ under $2^50 add 25( tor handling & postage) TOTAL $ 

(Type or print clearly) 

Name 

Address 

City Zone State 


6/62 


5 



V P 

EDITORIAL. 



■» 


TY/E begin this month a short series of science-fact articles by 
' ’ Ben Bova which will discuss both the factual and the fanciful 
aspects of the possibilities of extra-terrestrial life. We are particu- 
larly pleased to be able to present this series, for although “life on 
other worlds” has been a rather oft-touched-upon subject recently, 
we feel that Bova’s series approaches the topic from new angles and 
aspects. (For an introduction to these aspects, see page 75). 

For those of you who are used to seeing Mr. Boya’s name as a 

byline on scienc e-fiction, we thought it 
might be interesting to give you some 
background about the man, as opposed 
to the author. Bova (1), was born in 
Philadelphia Nov. 8, 1932 (if you have 
misplaced your slide-rule, that makes 
him not quite 30 years old), and is mar- 
ried to — as he puts it — “an Italian dish 
named Rosa.” They have two side dishes 
— Michael, almost 4, and Regina, almost 
2 . 

He got a degree 'in journalism from 
Temple University in Philadelphia, and 
did graduate work at Georgetown U.’s School of Foreign Service. 
After some newspaper and magazine work, Ben became technical edi- 
tor for Project Vanguard with the Martin Co. Later he wrote audio- 
visual scripts for high-school physics courses, and then directed a 
technical publishing company. Currently he is with Avco-Everett 
Research Laboratories as a technical communications executive. 

His personal interests center on astronomy and anthropology. An 
ardent amateur astronomer, Bova is a member of the American Rock- 

( Continued on page 7k) 



6 




IF YOU ARE... 

FASCINATED BY SPACE... 


...THE WONDERS OF SATELLITES, 
ROCKETS-THE MEN BEHIND THEM... 


SPACE WORLD 



YOUR SATISFACTION GUARANTEED 

If for ony reason you are not com- 
pletely satisfied with your very first 
issue, we will send you a complete 
refund immediately. If, at any later 
time, you wish to stop your sub- 
scription to Space World, we will 
make a full refund of the unused 
portion of your subscription with 
no questions asked. r 


is meant for you. 

Here, in a magazine edited by two great names in 
the world of science fiction, Willy Ley and Otto 
Binder, is the whole dynamic story of spacemen and 
their spacecraft . . . from the tense moments during 
a countdown at Canaveral through the triumph of 
zooming into orbit around the earth, and on to the 
moon and the planets. 

With Space World, you’re part of everything that 
happens. An Atlas streaks down the Atlantic Missile 
Range . . . you're in the tracking station. Project 
Saturn is completed . . . you're there for the test 
shot. A soft landed load is placed on the moon . . . 
you’re at the receivers getting the first information 
that comes across the vastness of space. The first 
man crosses the threshold to explore hidden mys- 
teries of other worlds . . . and you're beside him. 
Space World brings this all to you every month . . . 
under the expert guidance of Willy Ley and Otto 
Binder, who know how to tell this dramatic story in 
clear, simple, exciting terms that anyone can under- 
stand. 

^SPACE WORLD Magazine A s 2 I 

| 250 West 57th Street,' New York 19, N. Y. 

. Please enter my subscription to SPACE WORLD: 

□ 1 year (12 issues) $5. (14 issues If payment enclosed) I 

^ □ Payment enclosed O Bill me I 


NAME 


ADDRESS 

(Please print) ■ 

CITY .... 

ZONE STATE ... * 




7 


The men on the space station had a word for trouble 




— " thunder Always it had been thunder on earth. 

Now, with the warheads decaying and the Soviets 
playing a mysterious game, now there was . . . 

THUNDER in SPACE 

By LESTER del REY 


I N the little formal garden in 
Geneva, the guards had with- 
drawn discreetly, out of sight 
and hearing of the two men who 
sat on a carved marble bench in 


the center- of the enclosure. 

The President of the United 
States was too old for the days 
of strained public and private 
meetings and the constant bad- 
gering of his advisers that had 
preceded this final, seemingly 




8 



Mmm 

iRlIlljP 


if 

"i 

& mammim 


-' f ■ v 1 


".V2- 


9 



foredoomed effort. His hands 
trembled as he lifted them to 
light a cigarette. Only his voice 
still held its accustomed calm. 

“Then it’s stalemate, Feodor 
Stepanovich. I can make no more 
concessions without risking im- 
peachment.” 

The dark, massive head of the 
Russian Premier nodded. “Nor 
can I, without committing politi- 
cal suicide.” His English was 
better than the rural dialect of 
Russian he still retained. “Call it 
a double checkmate. Our pre- 
decessors sowed their seeds too 
deep for our spades. Or should I 
say, too high?” 

Both heads turned to the north, 
where a bright spot was climbing 
above the horizon. The space sta- 
tion sparkled in sunlight far 
above Earth, sliding with Olym- 
pian deliberation past a few vis- 
ible stars until it was directly 
overhead. Without a timetable or 
a telescope, there was no way of 
knowing whether it was the Rus- 
sian Tsiolkovsky or the Ameri- 
can Goddard, nor did either man 
care. Half the world lived in al- 
most hysterical fear of one or the 
other, with the rest of the human 
race existing in terror of both. 

The Premier muttered some- 
thing from the ugliness of his 
childhood experiences, but the 
President only sighed unhappily, 
as if sorry that his own back- 
ground gave him no such ex- 
pressions. 


A few minutes later, the lead- 
ers separated. As they moved 
across the garden, their escorts 
surrounded them, clearing the 
way toward the cars that would 
take them to the airport. Behind 
them, professional diplomats 
stopped puzzling over the delay 
and began spinning obfuscations 
to cynical reporters. The phrases 
had long since lost all meaning, 
but the traditions of propaganda 
had to be maintained. 

In the UN, the Israeli delegate 
crumpled a news dispatch and 
began speaking without notes, 
demanding that space be inter- 
nationalized. It was the greatest 
speech of his career, and even the 
delegate fi-om Egypt applauded. 
But national survival could not 
be trusted to the shaky impar- 
tiality of the UN. The resolution 
was vetoed by both the United 
States and Russia. 

The Fourteenth Space Disarm- 
ament Conference was ended. 

II 

A MONTH later, a thousand 
miles above Earth and ex- 
actly 180° behind the Tsiolkov- 
sky, the Goddard swung steadily 
around the globe in a two-hour 
circumpolar orbit. Outwardly, it 
looked like the great metal 
doughnut that space artists had 
pictured for decades. On the in- 
side, however, the evidence of 
hasty, crash-planned work was 


10 


AMAZING STORIES 


everywhere. The air fans whined 
and vibrated, the halls creaked 
and groaned, and the water need- 
ed to maintain balance gurgled 
and banged through ill-conceived 
piping. It was cramped and to- 
tally inadequate for the needs of 
the nation that had put it into 
space eight years before in a 
rush attempt to match the Rus- 
sian “Sulky”. 

Jerry Blane should have been 
used to such conditions. He’d 
been one of the original space- 
struck men who’d helped to build 
it and then had been lucky 
enough to get a permanent as- 
signment. Now he drifted in the 
weightless hub. watching the 
loading of a ship bound back for 
the home planet, wondering what 
hell’s brew the boxes contained. 
The pi-oject that had usurped the 
cryogenic labs had involved its 
own crew of scientists, who were 
already on board the ship, taking 
their secret with them. 

He shrugged, trying to dismiss 
the problem. The motion twitched 
him about, and he corrected au- 
tomatically. His tall, thin body 
was accustomed to weightless- 
ness. 

Beside him, the head of the 
science corps on the station also 
floated in midair. The big body 
of Dr. Austin Peal was revealed 
in the single pair of shorts cus- 
tomary on the Goddard, and its 
darkness contrasted sharply with 
the blond hair and pale skin of 


Blane. Only the frowns matched. 

The short, intense figure of 
General Devlin popped into the 
hub from the tube elevator ahead 
of the pilot, Edwards. In spite of 
the weightlessness, the station 
commandant managed to pull 
himself to rigid attention at sight 
of Blane. He scowled, but held 
out his hand with formal cor- 
rectness. 

“All right, Blane. You’re in 
charge officially until I get back,” 
he admitted grudgingly. He ob- 
viously resented the order that 
left a civilian in charge while he 
went down to testify for the sta- 
tion appropriations and receive 
new orders. “You’ll find detailed 
notes on my desk. I suggest you 
follow them to the letter.” 

He grabbed a handhold and be- 
gan pulling himself into the air- 
lock to the ship without waiting 
for a reply. 

Edwards had lingered. Now he 
also held out his hand. “Wish me 
luck, Jerry,” he said. “I may 
need it.” 

B ECAUSE of the contents of 
the boxes and the presence of 
Devlin, Edwards had been or- 
dered to make his landing at 
Canaveral, under military secur- 
ity. Most space work was done 
from Johnston Island in the Pa- 
cific; the inadequate facilities at 
the Cape were supposed to be 
used only by smaller rockets. But 
lately the rules were shot in a lot 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


11 


of ways. Ever since the last meet- 
ing at Geneva, nothing seemed 
normal. 

“You’ll make out,” Drake told 
him. “Our predictions give you 
perfect landing weather, at 
least.” 

“Yeah. Clear weather and 
thunder below.” In the station 
slang, thunder stood for heavy 
trouble. The weather forecast 
didn’t matter; there was always 
thunder below. 

Edwards moved through the 
airlock and into his ship. A mo- 
ment later, fire bloomed from the 
rocket tubes and the ship began 
moving away. In the station, 
motors began whining, restoring 
the hub’s spin to match that of 
the rest of the Goddard. 

From the viewing ports, Earth 
filled almost the entire field of 
vision, like a giant opal set in 
black velvet. More than half was 
covered by bright cloud masses, 
but the rest showed swirls and 
patterns of blue water, green 
forest and reddish brown barren 
patches. Over everything lay the 
almost fluorescent blue of atmos- 
phere, forming a brilliant violet 
halo at the horizon. It looked in- 
credibly beautiful. So, Blane 
thought, does a Portuguese man- 
of-war — until one sees the slime 
underneath or touches the poi- 
soned stings. 

“Why can’t they leave us 
alone?” Peal asked, as if reading 
Blane’s mind. “Why can’t they 


blow themselves up quietly with- 
out ruining our chances here?” 

Blane chuckled bitterly. He’d 
been on vacation down there a 
month before, and Earth was 
fresher in his memory than it 
was to Peal. “They don’t see it 
that way. To them, we’re the 
danger, the biggest sword of Da- 
mocles ever invented. They look 
up and see us going overhead, 
loaded with enough megaton 
bombs to blast life off Earth. 
Every time we orbit over them, 
they see Armageddon right over 
their heads, waiting some fool’s 
itching finger. They could risk 
the holocaust when everything 
was halfway around the world, 
but not when it’s where they can 
look up and see it. Most of the 
thunder down there is caused by 
the chained lightning we’re car- 
rying up here.” 

It wasn’t an original idea. The 
panic on Earth had been in- 
creasing since the building of the 
Russian station. Now panic bred 
false moves, and errors bred 
more panic; Sooner or later, that 
panic could get out of hand and 
bring about the very ruin they 
feared. 

“Besides,” he added, “there’s 
the expense of keeping us up 
here. They think the billions 
needed to maintain us are pau- 
perizing them.” 

“We’re paying three to one on 
every cent we get! Even forget- 
ting the work in astronomy, bio- 


12 


AMAZING STORIES 


chemistry, cryogenics and high- 
vacuum research, our weather 
predictions are worth billions a 
year in crop returns.” 

Blane shrugged. “Most of our 
work is for the government with- 
out payment, so Congress still 
has to appropriate billions for us 
yearly. That’s all the people see. 
We’re poison down there. They’d 
vote to ditch us if they weren’t 
so scared of the bombs on the 
Sulky.” 

“That’s what comes of putting 
scientific tools under government 
control,” Peal grumbled. “The 
stations should have been private 
enterprises from the beginning.” 

B LANE nodded automatically. 

It was an old argument, and 
it made sense. But there was no 
chance of the government ever 
letting go now. They took the 
clanking elevator down toward 
the rim, while weight built up to 
the normal one-third Earth grav- 
ity that was produced by the spin 
at the outer edge of the Goddard. 
Then they moved along the hall- 
way that circled the rim, through 
the recreation hall, past the vacu- 
um labs that were busy with some 
kind of military development, 
and past the cryogenic section, 
where men were busy getting 
ready to resume normal work. Be- 
yond that lay the weather study 
section. It should have been lo- 
cated in the hub, but there had 
been too little room, and the 


pickups were remotely controlled, 
flashing their pictui’es of Earth 
onto big screens hei’e. Now the 
screens showed Madagascar to 
the west of them as they swung 
northward. Men were busy plot- 
ting the final details for next 
month’s weather predictions. 

Peal followed Blane through 
the side door into the little office 
of Devlin. The General was some- 
thing of a martinet, but his dis- 
cipline extended to himself. Ev- 
erything was in order, and the 
list of instructions lay in a folder 
in the center of the desk. Blane 
glanced at it, then at the basket 
of communications from Earth. 
He grimaced, and passed some of 
the flimsies over to Peal. “There’s 
more evidence, if you want to 
pi’ove the profit we could show.” 

Thei'e were requests for proj- 
ects to be done here, complaints — 
often angry — at projects al- 
ready okayed but delayed by 
high-priority military research. 
There were applications from 
names already famous below. 
Five foundations were demand- 
ing that the lunar ships be 
rushed to completion. 

The intercom came to life with 
a rasping parody of the voice of 
Devlin’s secretary. “Mr. Blane, 
Captain Manners insists on see- 
ing you. He’s been waiting 
nearly an hour.” 

Blane flipped through Devlin’s 
instructions. There was an entry 
on Manners thei’e: Troublemak- 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


13 


er, possibly paranoid. Add his 
figures to HQ report as routine 
only. 

“Send him in,” Blane ordered. 
The red-headed young captain 
had been assigned here only six 
months ago, but Blane had met 
him often enough to like him. 

Almost at once, the connecting 
office door opened and Manners 
shoved in. He was obviously 
angry, but his voice didn’t show 
it. “Thanks for seeing me, Blane. 
I’d just about decided you would- 
n’t.” He slapped a piece of film 
down on the desk. “Here. Look at 
that!” 

The film was slightly dark- 
ened. Blane turned it over, recog- 
nizing it as one of the strips 
worn by the men who worked in 
the bomb section to warn of any 
accidental exposure to radiation. 
But it was well under any dan- 
gerous level of exposure. He 
passed it to Peal, who studied it 
in curiosity. 

“That’s in five hours of rou- 
tine work in the bomb bay,” 
Manners said. “Koutine work! 
And I checked the films before 
issuing them, so I know they 
weren’t pre-exposed.” He pulled 
out a sheet of paper covered with 
figures and dropped it on the 
desk. “The radiation’s up in there 
again. Check it yourself if you 
won’t accept my readings.” 

Peal had grabbed up the fig- 
ures which listed the radiation 
count in various sections of the 


bomb bay. They meant nothing 
to Blane, but the scientist 
tensed visibly as he studied 
them. 

“I gather you showed your 
figures to Devlin,” Blane said. 
“What did he say about them?” 

Bitterness washed over Man- 
ner’s face. “He told me to forget 
it, that readings were higher here 
than what I’d learned handling 
warheads below because we got 
so many cosmic rays. Three 
months ago, they were a lot high- 
er, and he said there was an in- 
crease in cosmic radiation. But 
he okayed my getting the air 
pumped out of the bay so nothing 
hot would be sucked into the rest 
of the station. Last month, the 
figures went up to about half 
what they are now, and he mum- 
bled something about a cosmic 
ray storm. I haven’t been able to 
see him since then.” 

“There’s no such thing as a 
cosmic ray storm,” Peal said flat- 
ly. “Why wasn’t this reported to 
me? It's partly in my province.” 

“General Devlin ordered me 
not to discuss it with anyone!” 

“Thunder?” Blane asked the 
scientist. 

“If it keeps doubling every 
month, it’s disaster! The thin 
walls here are no protection from 
radiation. Even now, we’d better 
evacuate the bio labs beside the 
bay. Captain Manners, we’ll have 
to check you on this. I’m not ex- 
actly doubting your word, but 


14 


AMAZING STORIES 


these results are impossible ac- 
cording to anything I know.” He 
swung to Blane. “I think you’d 
better come, too, Jerry. This may 
be something for the authori- 
ties, and you carry the weight 
here now.” 

TT was a lousy beginning to his 

temporary command, Blane. 
thought. But seeing Peal’s face, 
he simply nodded and followed 
the other two out into the hall. 
They were heading toward the 
bomb section when a shout went 
up from some of the men watch- 
ing the viewing screens. 

Blane swore to himself, but 
turned back. 

He saw at once that the screens 
were set for top magnification, 
showing a section of Earth at the 
extreme limits of resolution. A 
glance at the projected coordi- 
nates showed that they were over 
southern Russia. His eyes were 
untrained at grasping details, 
but he saw enough to recognize 
that they must be viewing the 
great Russian rocket base that 
supplied the Sulky. 

Scarfield had taken over from 
his subordinate and began pick- 
ing out details with a moving 
spot of light. “Rocket— see its 
shadow ? And there— there — 
there. Jerry, they’ve got every 
ship they own assembled togeth- 
er. And it looks as if they’ve been 
running supplies to them all. 
Something big’s due.” 


“Attack?” Blane asked. One of 
the jobs of the station was to spot 
any clustering of military rock- 
ets that might presage a ground- 
based attack. 

Scarfield shook his head. “Not 
a chance. Those are space rock- 
ets, not war missiles. This is like 
the massed flight they sent up 
about two years ago, remem- 
ber? We never did figure out why 
they had to take the whole fleet 
out. But with what’s going on 
below, this must mean something 
important. Think we should alert 
HQ?” 

They obviously should, as soon 
as they were over one of their 
own stations. The rule was clear 
on that — when in doubt, shout! 
But meantime, they’d have to 
watch while still in view. 

There was a faint spot of light, 
and Scarfield grunted. “They’re 
blasting off! Maybe we can plot 
orbits and — ” 

The bright spot split into 
lances of fire, exploding savagely 
outwards ! Every drop of mono- 
propellant in the tanks must 
have let go at- once to make such 
a flare. Then, before Blane could 
catch his breath, there was an- 
other flare and another. Sudden- 
ly the whole field was a great 
spread of flame as the other 
rockets were exploded by the 
savage blast of the first. 

Before the Goddard had passed 
beyond view, they knew that 
every Russian ship on the field 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


15 


was totally demolished — which 
meant, according to Scarfield’s 
estimate, every ship that could 
make the trip up to the Sulky. 

They stared at the screen in 
shocked silence while Blane 
slowly began to realize the impli- 
cations. It had happened while 
they were directly overhead. 
What would that mean to the 
ever-suspicious people of Russia 
who were already conditioned to 
think of the Goddard as their 
greatest enemy? What could be 
made of that in a world already 
close to the edge of panic? 

Ill 

B Y the time the Goddard was 
over the North Pole where 
she could make radio contact 
with Alaska, the news was al- 
ready out. For once, Tass had re- 
leased the news of a catastrophe 
without delay. The ground radio 
confirmed the fact that every 
supply ship for the Sulky had 
been wiped out, and that the de- 
tonation had been so great that 
even ships being assembled near- 
by had been wrecked hopelessly. 
It would be three months before 
Russia could again reach her sta- 
tion. 

Later news filtered in slowly. 
Most of it had to be picked up 
from the regular FM news broad- 
casts that filtered through the 
ionosphere. A Couple of the sci- 
entists who had learned Russian 


interpreted the news from Radio 
Moscow on their next trip over. 

Surprisingly, there were no 
claims of American sabotage. 
Then Blane wondered whether it 
was so surprising. With the level 
of fear in Russia as high as else- 
where, it would probably have 
been a grave mistake for the 
leaders to suggest that any Amer- 
ican sabotage of territory so far 
inside Russia was possible. The 
people had to count on the invul- 
nerability of their station for 
what little hope they had; how 
that worked when the supply 
ships were already ruined was 
more than he could guess, but he 
had long since given up trying to 
understand the devious game of 
propaganda being played on 
Earth. 

At least for the moment, the 
disaster was not being turned 
into another excuse to push the 
seemingly inevitable war another 
millimeter closer to the brink. 
Maybe the whole affair might re- 
sult in some decline of tension. 
Once the , American ships were 
sent up to supply the Sulky on an 
emergency basis, there might be 
a little good will from Russia and 
self-satisfaction at a good deed 
in America. That could give a 
breathing spell. 

Blane had almost forgotten 
Manners and the worry over the 
strange increase in radioactivity. 
He had sent Manners’ latest fig- 
ures down with a query for in- 


16 


AMAZING STORIES 


structions at the first chance to 
do so by tight-beam radio that 
would not leak security, and then 
had let the matter drop from his 
mind. It was several hours later 
when his secretary announced 
that Peal and Manners were in 
the outer office. 

Manners looked both more wor- 
ried and strangely satisfied, as if 
he were bursting to cry his I- 
told-you-so. But Peal’s face was 
drained of any emotion except 
surprise. 

The scientist nodded. “Captain 
Manners’ figures were quite ac- 
curate. We’ve got to evacuate 
nearby sections of the station. In 
a way, we’re lucky — radiation 
travels in straight lines, and the 
hull curves away from it here. 
There is about three hundred 
times normal radiation in there, 
and it’s coming from inside the 
warheads. It isn’t lethal yet — 
men can work there for a few 
hours at a time ; but at the rate 
it’s increasing, it soon will be. 
Any word from Earth?” 

Blane dug through his in bas- 
ket, and finally located a blue 
slip. It was in code, but Devlin’s 
instructions included the loca- 
tion of the code book. He riffled 
through it for phrases each dec- 
agraph covered. Situation within 
normal expectations — results be- 
ing studied here — continue as at 
present — will apprise if new pro- 
cedure advisable — regard as ut- 
most top secret — invoke maxi- 


mum security measures over af- 
fected personnel. 

N O word,” he said bitterly. 

Probably he wasn’t even sup- 
posed to say that much, or to 
discuss it with the other two. But 
he chose to interpret the part 
about continuing as at present 
to permit the discussion to con- 
tinue. He tried to focus his mind 
on what facts he knew. “I 
thought the radiation rate of the 
stuff in the warheads was con- 
stant, and that the casings were 
adequate shielding.” 

Peal nodded. “That’s what’s 
driving me out of my mind at 
the moment, Jerry. Except when 
it reaches critical mass, urani- 
um-235 is supposed to have an 
absolutely fixed half life; it 
shouldn’t increase under any cir- 
cumstances, and the mass of 
each section in those bombs 
can’t increase to become nearer 
critical, either. It simply can’t 
happen, according to any physics 
I ever learned. But it’s doing so.” 

“What about the effects of cos- 
mic rays?” Blane asked. Devlin 
might have learned more from 
Earth, and even if his story to 
Manners had been patently un- 
true, it might still offer some 
clue. 

Peal shook his head, but some- 
what doubtfully. “On Earth, 
they’re mostly only mesons 
from strikes by cosmic radiation. 
Out here, we get only the ex- 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


17 


tremely hard radiation — the 
shielding of the ship is too thin 
to affect them. Maybe they might 
speed up the half-life a little — 
but they shouldn’t make it in- 
crease. I’ve been thinking about 
them, too. Meteorites show a 
much greater decay of uranium 
to lead than the ores on Earth, 
which might indicate some effect 
from cosmic radiation. But un- 
less they somehow produce an- 
other isotope from uranium 
that’s raising the activity, I 
can’t figure it out. We need a top 
level nuclear physicist for this, 
and we don’t have one here.” 

They discussed it at greater 
length, but without adding any- 
thing to their speculations. Blane 
felt the hairs on the back of his 
neck prickling, and was con- 
scious of a vague picture in his 
mind of the warheads ticking 
away and getting set to blast 
spontaneously. But he put the 
idea aside. Earth might be a lit- 
tle careless of their welfare un- 
der the pressure of emergency, 
but right now Earth would never 
risk losing the station. It was 
only his overactive imagination. 

He finally assigned Peal and 
Manners back to the task of 
studying the matter as best they 
could, and tried to dismiss it 
from his mind. There were more 
than enough other worries about 
the station. The cryogenics lab 
was in trouble — the group from 
Earth who had used the labs had 


badly depleted supplies and been 
careless about equipment that 
was common enough below but 
difficult to obtain here. The evac- 
uation of the laboratories near 
the bomb bay threw severe 
strains on research, and Earth 
was demanding that some of it 
be speeded up. And the weather 
study was being crippled by the 
need to waste too much attention 
on detailed studies of every sec- 
tion of Russia. The whole sta- 
tion was on emergency orders to 
do twice as much as could possi- 
bly be done. 

H E waited for news that sup- 
plies were being sent from 
Johnston Island to the Sulky, 
but no such news appeared. In- 
stead, the news carried details 
that were only rumors of some 
effort of the United States to 
force Russia to disarm the Sulky 
unilaterally in return for the 
loan of eight rocket ships and 
launching facilities. If such an 
offer had been made, it must 
have been turned down flatly. 
The next' day there was not even 
a mention of it. 

When Edwards came up again, 
Blane sent for him at once. The 
pilot had made a superb land- 
ing of his ship at Canaveral, and 
had then been jetted back to the 
Island. Normally he would have 
taken a long layover there before 
making another trip up, though 
he had senior pilot’s right to se- 


18 


AMAZING STORIES 


lect or refuse any flight he chose. 
Blane was curious about his rea- 
sons for choosing the first trip 
he could make. 

Edwards lost no time in re- 
porting. He hadn’t stopped to re- 
move his emergency space suit, 
though he’d left the helmet and 
the oxygen tank somewhere. He 
clumped in, accepted coffee, and 
began talking even as he shucked 
off the suit. 

“It’s a wonder they even let me 
fly up supplies to you,” he grum- 
bled. “Jerry, it’s rough down 
there. They’ve got everything 
sewed up under controls. I’m sur- 
prised they didn’t suspect me of 
plotting an orbit for the Sulky 
instead of here. Damn all govern- 
ments that have to mess into 
space affairs!” 

Some of the details came out 
slowly, with more color than clar- 
ity. But Blane gathered that they 
had reacted violently to the news 
that the government was trying 
to use the emergency as a means 
of forcing disarmament on the 
Russian station. 

“You mean they actually did 
refuse help without such an 
agreement?” Blane asked. He 
hadn’t wanted to believe the ru- 
mors. 

Edwards nodded angrily. 
“They issued a ban against any 
efforts to help without such 
agreement. They most certainly 
did ! And you can guess how that 
set with us. Maybe the Sulky’s 


full of Russians, but they’re 
Russian spacemen! Hell, when 
we were building this wheel here 
and one worker got thrown out 
into space, three of their pilots 
came up in ships to help find him 
— and one did find him. Remem- 
ber? Sure you do. They hated our 
building here, but they wouldn’t 
let a man die in space if they 
could help. So we owe them a 
few trips.” 

T WO of the pilots had tried to 
steal one of the ships fueled 
and supplied for the Goddard, 
but had been caught before they 
could take off. Now they were 
under guard, and the ships were 
being watched carefully. Ed- 
wards had been permitted to 
make the run only after a session 
in which it was pointed out that 
landing rights would be denied 
any ship contacting the Sulky. 
And the other pilots were almost 
in a state of revolt, with nearly 
all of the old-time ground force 
supporting them. 

“The government can’t stick 
to such a policy,” Blane said 
doubtfully. “They can’t gain any- 
thing. The Sulky must have 
enough supplies for existence un- 
til at least one ship can be as- 
sembled and sent up. All we’ll 
do by holding them up is to in- 
crease the danger. They must be 
bluffing for a while, hoping 
Russia will crack, but ready to 
send supplies in a few days.” 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


19 


Edwards stared at him in sur- 
prise. “You mean you don’t 
know?” Then he slapped his 
thigh in disgust. “No, of course 
you don’t. I keep forgetting you 
couldn’t. The Sulky couldn’t 
reach you by radio with the 
Earth in between. Jerry, we got 
a beamed message on the Island 
from her when she went over one 
time. SOS. She’s in trouble right 
now. Can’t get help from her 
base, and can’t wait for negotia- 
tions, so she tried calling us di- 
rect. Security clamped down on 
the message at once, but the ra- 
dio operator’s as much space as 
we are, so he made a dupe copy 
for the pilots. The day after the 
blowup at the base, the Sulky 
ran into a meteoroid big enough 
to rip out part of her solar boiler. 
She lost most of the mercury into 
space, and the rest isn’t enough, 
even when she’s patched. She has 
to operate on batteries right now, 
and that won’t last more than 
another day or so.” 

Blane winced at the picture. A 
station was dependent on power 
for its existence. Lights, air cir- 
culation, water for balance, heat 
regulation, and even the growing 
of plants to keep the air breath- 
able depended upon a steady sup- 
ply of power. Like the Goddard, 
the Tsiolkovsky used a reflecting 
trough on top that directed the 
intense solar radiation onto a 
pipe filled with mercury which 
was heated to gaseous form and 


operated the boiler and genera- 
tor. It was far cheaper and safer 
than atomic power. 

“The government knew of that 
when it refused help?” he asked 
incredulously. 

Edwards grunted. “Didn’t 
start their extortion plans until 
they knew!” Then he grinned 
slowly. “Funny thing, Jerry, 
when I checked over the supplies 
I brought up for you, I found 
some of the boxes of equipment 
got mixed up in shipment. They- 
’re full of cans of mercury! I 
left them aboard the ship, figur- 
ing you wouldn’t need them 
here.” 

B LANE found his face mus- 
cles were trying to frown 
and smile at the same time, and 
he caught himself before he 
could laugh. He went to the door 
to make sure it was locked, and 
came back to his desk slowly. 

In theory, it was entirely pos- 
sible to reach the Sulky from 
the Goddard, and every pilot 
knew the general orbit. The 
Sulky and the Goddard each took 
two hours to circle Earth, with 
one an hour behind the other. If 
a ship took off outward with a 
reasonable use of power it could 
get into an ellipse around Earth 
that would take three hours to 
bring it back to its starting point 
— and by then, the opposite sta- 
tion would be at that point. The 
maneuver could be made both 


20 


AMAZING STORIES 


ways with the fuel a final stage 
could carry easily enough. 

“You don’t have fuel enough,” 
he decided. 

“Nope. But you do — out in the 
blasted lunar ships that are still 
waiting appropriations.” 

Blane hadn’t had time to think 
of the lunar ships during the 
hectic days of commanding the 
station. But Edwards’ statement 
was true enough. The ships had 
been nearing completion for the 
long-desired American explora- 
tion of the Moon a year ago when 
Congress had eliminated appro- 
priations for everything not con- 
nected with the current emer- 
gency. They still trailed the sta- 
tion a few miles in space. The 
workers had all returned to 
Earth, but the fuel still lay in 
the plastic balloons. The little 
ferry ship used between the ships 
and the station was still here, 
too. It could be used to bring the 
fuel back easily, since it had been 
equipped with tanks for moving 
fuel between supply rockets and 
the balloons. 

“It wouldn’t work,” he said at 
last. “They’d spot your ship 
from Earth if you took off for 
the Sulky. They’d even guess 
where you’d gone when you did- 
n’t return on schedule. They 
might even refuse to let you 
land, and they’d probably make 
things impossible up here, too.” 

“I’ll take my chances — and so 
will you,” Edwards protested. 


“Not unless it’s necessary. 
Sure, somebody’s got to make the 
trip. But it doesn’t have to be 
your ship. The ferry’s a lot smal- 
ler, but it can handle that much 
cargo and fuel on such an orbit.” 
He grinned at Edwards’ stubborn 
expression. “Look, you know 1 
ran it for a year while we built 
the station. I can still pilot it, 
and Austin Peal can handle the 
math in computing the orbit. 
I’ll get it over to you and you 
can transship the mercury, then 
take off on schedule. Then let 
Earth guess what happens.” 

“And what will they do to you 
if they find out?” 

“Nothing — officially. Nobody 
has told me officially that the 
policy is against offering help, so 
I’ll proceed in terms of the older 
tradition. When you let slip the 
trouble on the Sulky and I found 
cans of mercury stored in the 
ferry, what could I do but as- 
sume the station was expected to 
get them to the other station?” 
Blane grinned, feeling sudden re- 
lief from his other worries. “Be- 
sides, I don’t give a darn what 
they do to me. I’m only tempo- 
rary boss here.” 

Edwards nodded. “I'll take 
your last reason, J erry. Only 
don’t bother moving the ferry. I 
can work it over beside my ship, 
and it’ll make your explanation 
sound better. Good luck. And if 
you do get in a jam — all the guys 
will be on your side.” 

21 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


. He went out while Blane start- 
ed off to find Peal. He had doubts 
about involving the scientist 
now. The man had never been 
part of a real space team. Yet 
someone had to do the prelimi- 
nary computing. He had more 
doubts as he tried to explain 
things to Peal ; the man listened 
quietly, making no comment, 
and with no visible approval or 
disapproval. 

When Blane finished, Peal 
stood up, nodding. “Thanks for 
letting me in on it, Jerry. You 
get the fuel and I’ll have the com- 
putations off the calculator by 
the time you get back here.” 

IV 

r PHE ferry was a sausage- 
-*■ shaped structure of thin metal 
and plastic with an airlock at 
the front and a small reaction 
motor at the rear. It had been 
modified to hold either solid or 
liquid cargo and to operate off 
the monopropellant fuel instead 
of the lox and kerosene used 
when the station was built. There 
was even a plastic pipe between 
the cargo tank and its fuel tank 
to save separate filling, and no 
further modification was needed. 

Blane took it out after check- 
ing the stowage of the mercury 
cans. He was slightly rusty, but 
he steadied down as he jockeyed 
into position beside one of the 
three lunar ships. He’d picked a 


balloon on the sunward side, and 
the warm fuel was soon flowing 
into his tank, forced through a 
long tube by a tiny, built-in 
pump. When he took off again, 
the ferry was overloaded and 
sluggish, but it showed no evi- 
dence of weakness. Of course, if 
they ran into a meteoroid of any 
size, they’d be ruined — but the 
chances of that were very slight. 

Peal was already outside the 
hub, dressed in space suit and 
clinging to a convenient hand- 
hold. He came through the lock, 
carrying his computations, a 
small telescope, and an extra 
spacesuit for Blane. “May need 
this,” he suggested. “Our front 
end probably won’t fit the seal 
on their hub.” 

Blane nodded. He should have 
thought of it. But his chief in- 
terest was in the orbit. It had 
been figured so that they would 
accelerate away from the station 
and up from Earth at low thrust, 
well within the limits of his 
power. There was a table of times 
and star angles to locate his cor- 
rect course. Peal had done an 
excellent job, far better than 
Blane had expected. 

“I spent two years on the Is- 
land,” the scientist explained. “I 
learned a little about astroga- 
tion, though I’m no navigator. 
But this is a simple problem.” 

Essentially, it was ; to make it 
simpler, it was always possible 
to make minor corrections, since 


22 


AMAZING STORIES 



THUNDER IN SPACE 


23 


they had more than enough fuel. 

“If the stations were run pro- 
perly, there’d be a regular serv- 
ice between them,” Peal sug- 
gested when they were coasting 
along in their orbit. “It would be 
cheaper to exchange supplies 
than to rush up a sudden emer- 
gency shipment from Earth. In 
fact, if a private company had 
built the first one, there would 
probably be a dozen stations by 
now, all connected. And we’d 
take over the television relay 
business, too.” 

At times, Peal sounded like 
the editorials from a business 
magazine, but Blane could find 
no fault with his logic. The fact 
was that the stations were basi- 
cally service companies, deliver- 
ing useful services for which 
they could collect enormous fees 
without complaints. But they 
were forced to render most of 
their service to a military strug- 
gle no one wanted and for which 
no one wanted to be forced to 
pay. 

P EAL went on, warming to his 
theme. “History proves my 
point, Jerry. The stations have to 
be too complicated in function 
and too flexible in purpose to be 
run properly by men who have 
to think in terms of Earth poli- 
tics. Every nation that ever 
tried controlling a major indus- 
trial set-up has found it won’t 
work. They tried socializing rail- 


roads, airlines and factories — 
not to mention farming — and the 
experiment failed. Every Russian 
industry today is run independ- 
ently by its own board who share 
in the profits, no matter how 
much theoretical ownership rests 
with the government. And China 
is now nothing but a system of 
state capitalism, whatever they 
call it there.” 

“Fine,” Blane admitted. “Why 
didn’t private industry build the 
stations, then?” 

Peal grimaced, then grinned. 
“That’s the weak point, of course. 
You can’t sell shares to fund a 
venture until the public sees the 
need — and they couldn’t see the 
need of space until military pres- 
sure put the stations up and 
proved they had other values. 
But now the stations have proved 
themselves. The government 
should turn them back to private 
hands under long term loans, the 
same as they turned back fac- 
tories after the war.” 

“They won’t, though. And it’s 
not just that no power is ever 
voluntarily given up,” Blane 
pointed out. “They won’t sell the 
stations because they’re up here 
where no government on Earth 
could tax them. They might even- 
tually, otherwise, but no govern- 
ment is going to lose its profit 
without getting taxes in return.” 

For a second, Peal started to 
argue. Then an expression of 
surprise crept onto his face. He 


24 


AMAZING STORIES 


/llG 

sat silently through most of * 

trip. Like most scientists, h^ 

probably considered himself 

fair amateur economist, but b* 5 . 

f?ic 

overlooked one of the most ba p 
aspects of economy — the 
that governments also had ^ 
operate on enough of a profit ^ 
pay their executives and bo 
holders. 

At the end of the wide-loop> ng 
three hour orbit, Blane was s^ r 

Xl6 

prised and pleased to see that 
could locate the Russian stat*^ 
through the telescope. They 
made corrections according . 
Peal’s figures, and the scient' 
had proved to be a better ast’ 
gator than could have been f X 
pected. Only a tiny correct* ve 
blast was needed to bring tb^ m 
into line with the Sulky 


A S they drew near, 

stared in amazement. Ji e 

fQY 

seen pictures, but they had ne v 
conveyed the true feeling of ( 

on 
ce. 


station. Russia had a tradit’ 

of building massively for sp*>' 

Her early ships had been he^ vy 

on 


and unsophisticated, relying 
strength, size and power, 
station was the same. It res^ 


rfhe 


bled the Goddard superficia 


hi- 

lly- 


but it was three times as lai-^ 6 ’ 

H an 

It 


and must contain more t ^ 


twenty times the total volume 
had a solid, substantial look t' 1 
was indefinable. 

The ferry contained a tiny >a . 


dio, but Blane had not expeC 


ted 


it to be useful, since it was ad- 
justed for the frequencies that 
had been used by the work forces 
who built the Goddard. He 
reached out and turned it on, ex- 
pecting nothing. Yet there was 
a voice coming from it, speaking 
excellent English. It was a fe- 
male voice, and a pleasant one. 

“Ahoy, space taxi ! Tsiolkovsky 
calling taxi. Oh, for Pete’s sake, 
don’t you Americans have two- 
way radio? Wiggle your tail or 
something so I’ll know you’re re- 
ceiving, and I’ll give you landing 
instructions !” 

Peal grinned and picked up the 
microphone. “Ahoy, Sulky.” 

“Ah. So you can answer. Then 
if you can match our orbit, come 
beneath the hub. The smallest 
landing net will fit the nose of 
your taxi, if our records are cor- 
rect. You did bring the mercury, 
didn’t you?” 

“We brought it,” Peal assured 
her. 

“Then in the name of science 
and humanity, I thank you. And 
— and I’m so glad to see you, 
I’ll be there to kiss you wel- 
come !” 

“There are two of us,” Peal 
started to answer, but she had 
clicked off. He watched as Blane 
began jockeying into position, 
cranking furiously at the little 
weighted wheel that controlled 
the angle of the ferry. “Pretty 
sure we’d come wasn’t she?” 

“Edwards had a beam antenna 

25 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


on his ship. He could have tipped 
the Sulky off on his way down,” 
Blane said. The little ship was 
finally lined up and he blasted 
forward gently against the small 
landing net. The nose settled 
firmly into a silicone doughnut 
that formed a perfect airtight 
seal. They wouldn’t even need to 
wear spacesuits. 

T HERE were three girls and 
four men waiting for them in- 
side the enormous hub. Six 
moved forward promptly to be- 
gin transferring the cans of mer- 
cury, but one girl, shorter, darker 
and prettier than the others, 
stepped forward. She kissed both 
of them — solemnly on both 
cheeks after the Russian formal 
fashion. Then she held out her 
hand. 

“I’m Dr. Sonya Vartanian.” 
Peal introduced Blane and 
himself. After the handshaking, 
Blane gestured toward the main 
station, eager to see it and look- 
ing for an excuse. “I’m delight- 
ed to know you. But 1 think I’d 
better see your commanding of- 
ficer.” 

“I’m in command.” She said it 
quite simply. Then at their sur- 
prise she chuckled. “We don’t 
have the male chauvinism of 
America. Besides, all the military 
officers were below when — when 
everything was destroyed. But 
perhaps you’d like to see our sta- 
tion?” 

26 


T HERE was a great deal that 
was crude, and some that 
seemed to be handmade where 
American products were smooth- 
ly machine made. But generally, 
it was something to arouse envy 
in Blane. Obviously, there had 
been no effort made to save on 
costs here, and the great Russian 
boosters had lifted fantastic 
weights where American engi- 
neers had been limited to what 
ships of lesser thrust would car- 
ry. With no restrictions on cost 
or size, the Russian engineers 
had simply designed for what 
they felt desirable, rather than 
what was possible. The command 
suite was even equipped with a 
bar that contained a private re- 
frigerator, though that was now 
off, due to the need to save power. 

The quarters of the staff were 
spacious, and many showed signs 
of never having been occupied. 
The laboratories were beautiful- 
ly equipped, and again less than 
a third had ever been used. 

“We had great plans — but now 
we are limited. The threat of war 
makes even our leaders hesitate 
to begin so many long-range 
plans,” she explained. 

Peal nodded. “You see, Jerry? 
It’s the same here. Waste and 
inefficiency. This place could 
make ten times the profit of any 
other comparable investment, 
but it’s wasted under govern- 
ment control.” 

Sonya darted him a sudden 

AMAZING STORIES 


piercing gaze and stopped in her 
tracks. Then she laughed uncer- 
tainly. “You’ll forgive me, Dr. 
Peal. But those words — they 
were just what I was going to 
say.” 

“You?” Blane stared at her 
doubtfully. “Isn’t capitalistic 
talk deviationist, at least?” 

“Not to an American, and 
sometimes now not at all.” She 
laughed, as if relaxing from some 
strain. “We study American eco- 
nomics in our schools, just as we 
learn your language. Sometimes 
capitalism seems romantic to us 
— selling stocks, floating loans, 
such things. But sometimes I 
think about what could be done 
if this were all to be a separate 
nation, free for all time.” 

They crossed a great empty 
section of the station, and Blane 
recognized that they had already 
been through there twice before. 
He saw that Sonya was staring 
at him intently again as he 
glanced about more carefully. 
He moved closer to her, his eyes 
moving from her face to scratch- 
es on the floor and back. She 
shook her head faintly, and he 
let the question die unasked. 

They ended the grand tour in 
her office. The power was already 
on, and the refrigerator was 
humming. There was no ice, but 
there was cold water for the 
drinks she offered them. “You 
might stay for dinner,” she sug- 
gested. 


Peal seemed embarrassed. 
“You’ll need your supplies . . 
he began. 

“Supplies?” She laughed at 
that. “Dr. Peal, here we have 
supplies to last twice our num- 
ber for a year, even without a 
ship. You will stay?” 

Blane shook his head. They’d 
spent too much time already. She 
accepted the refusal and accom- 
panied them to the waiting taxi, 
holding out her hand in farewell. 

“Sometime, when you need 
help, remember we are here,” she 
told them. “If there should be 
any danger or trouble, we are 
anxious to offer you what we can 
give.” 

It was delivered in an almost 
formal tone, as if now she were 
rephrasing from her own lan- 
guage. 

T HE trip back was simpler than 
the first trip, since the ferry 
now carried no cargo and only 
half as much fuel. It responded 
more readily. Peal was silent un- 
til they were well away from the 
Sulky. 'Then he shook his head 
as if coming out of a brown 
study. 

“Jerry, where do they keep 
their bombs? We covered every 
single inch of that station — we 
went into every room and cranny. 
I watched to make sure she was- 
n’t just doubling back. She did, 
sometimes, but she showed us 
the whole thing, all the same. 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


27 


And there were no bombs or 
missiles big enough to dump 
warheads on Earth. There was 
one place where they should 
have been, with what could have 
been outside release chutes. But 
it was empty, though there were 
scratches on the floor where mis- 
siles might have stood.” 

Blane nodded, remembering 
the place they’d been led across 
three times. “I know, I saw it. 
They don’t have bombs. They 
had them, but they’re gone. And 
Sonya Vartanian meant us to see 
it, too. She didn’t quit leading us 
across the place until she knew 
I’d guessed.” 

W HY let us know ? So we could 
report that they’ve been 
pulling a colossal bluff at those 
disarmament meetings? That 
doesn’t make sense.” 

“No.” Blane had been doing 
his own thinking. “Nobody 
would believe us — it’s incredible, 
and they’d be sure we’d been 
duped neatly. They wouldn’t dare 
believe us. And it isn’t because 
Russia is too civilized to use 
bombs, either; that station was 
better designed for war than 
ours, and policies don’t change 
that fast. My guess is that 
they’ve been gone from the sta- 
tion two years now.” 

Peal considered it. “That 
would be when we spotted the 
first mass of all their ships to- 
gether — probably carrying the 


missiles back to Earth in emer- 
gency action. Then that flight 
that blew up must have been set 
to carry new missiles up, right ?”. 

Blane nodded. It wasn’t a hap- 
py idea. It would have taken 
some very good reason for Rus- 
sia to remove her missiles dur- 
ing a period of rising tension 
and hold off for two years be- 
fore further pressures forced her 
to resume the idea of stockpiling 
weapons in space. 

H E studied the distant Goddard 
through his telescope as 
they began to draw near. “Maybe 
I’m wrong, Austin. But they first 
put warheads out in space a cou- 
ple of years before we could. And 
maybe those warheads began to 
go through a rapid increase in 
radioactivity a couple of years 
before Manners noticed that ours 
were doing the same. If so, it 
must have been a pretty serious 
warning to make the officials dis- 
arm the station secretly.” 

“The girl wanted us to see that 
the bombs were gone, and she 
couldn’t talk about it. Then she 
put too much emphasis on that 
business of offering help if we 
were in danger.” Peal grimaced. 
“It all adds up.” 

“How much longer will we 
have?” Blane asked. 

The scientist shook his head. 
“I don’t know, Jerry, and I’m not 
good enough a physicist to find 
out.” 


28 


AMAZING STORIES 


V 

T HE return was a letdown, 
after the tension they had 
been building between them. 
Blane put the ferry away, leaving 
no traces of the trip in it, and 
slipped quietly back into the hub. 
Things looked miserable now, 
cramped and forced together, 
after the spaciousness and rich- 
ness of equipment on the other 
station. But he forced that bitter- 
ness from his mind. 

A Congressman had stated the 
official policy years before. “Sure, 
they got something bigger and 
stronger. But we got the old 
American spirit. Didn’t our boys 
conquer the whole British navy 
with nothing but little wooden 
sailing ships once?” And hence, 
of course, it didn’t matter how 
badly matched the stations might 
be. Nobody bothered to comment 
that the American fleet had 
grown strong by freebooting, 
that both sides were using little 
wooden ships, and that there was 
never more than a small fraction 
of the British navy along the 
American coast. Facts merely 
got in the way of good sentiment. 
The Congressman had been 
elected three times since then 
and still fought hard to keep any 
money from getting into space, 
though he yelled loud and often 
for the need of teaching the 
enemy a good lesson. 

Blane went to his little room, 


to bathe in water that was at 
least hot and clean, and to 
change into fresh shorts. He had 
been gone for nearly nine hours, 
and fatigue had made him look 
older, but it wasn’t too much dif- 
ferent from his looks after a 
sound sleep. He went into the 
office, yawning. The secretary 
glanced up, shoved a new moun- 
tain of complaints and thunder- 
scripts at him, and went on an- 
swering the phone. Apparently, 
he hadn’t been too much missed. 
It wasn’t flattering, but he’d ex- 
pected it. 

Routine held him for hours, 
while he listened to the news 
from Earth. The Russians were 
announcing that they had never 
asked for help from the Ameri- 
can supply ships, that the Tsiol- 
kovsky was quite safe, and that 
under no conditions would any 
political deals be made under 
threats and pressure. It was done 
with a nastiness that lent a ring 
of sincerity to it. 

And somewhere, the rumors 
seemed, to indicate, America had 
modified her stand, and was now 
making overtures toward help- 
fulness, which were brusquely 
refused. There had been an obvi- 
ous loss of support from some of 
the smaller nations in the UN, 
and that must have hurt. 

Peal came in, looking more 
haggard than Blane. The scientist 
shook his head wearily. “The 
count is up in the bomb bay. I’ve 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


29 


been trying to sound some of the 
chemists out about ways to test, 
but I don’t think we can do it. We 
don’t know what to do or to look 
for. But I’m convinced now that 
something is going on inside 
those casings. It must be some 
new isotope being created from 
the uranium by the action of cos- 
mic radiation. Those energies 
are high enough to cause trans- 
mutation. Whatever isotope it is, 
it must be a neutron emitter, and 
it’s stirring up the uranium, just 
as increasing the mass does. The 
temperature around the casings 
is rising.” 

“Still no idea of how much 
margin we have?” 

“Not exactly. But I can get 
some idea from watching how 
the temperature rises. Maybe a 
few days, maybe a couple of 
months.” Peal dropped to a 
couch, rubbing his eyes. “It’s get- 
ting too hot in there to work 
without a protective screen, so 
we can only make short tests. 
But Manners and I will take 
turns.” 

H eadquarters was not 

greatly impressed by the rise 
in temperature that had been 
noted, though the reply was 
longer in coming this time. It 
simply suggested he stand by for 
later orders. 

That night, a large meteorite 
fell in Arkansas. It was metallic, 
and big enough so that several 


hundred pounds managed to sur- 
vive the burning friction of 
Earth’s atmosphere. A large area 
saw the bright streak across the 
sky and traced it to where it fell. 
There it’s impact had knocked 
over trees, destroyed a house and 
the inhabitants, and killed a cow. 
There was a large hole in the 
ground where it had hit, and 
still a trace of metallic fragments 
around the cup. 

Blane picked up the news ac- 
counts almost at once on the ra- 
dio in his office. He switched the 
circuits around to connect all the 
speakers in the station and threw 
the master switch, giving every- 
one a chance to hear. 

It took almost no time for the 
first reports to come babbling in 
hysterically, claiming an atomic 
missile had been sent down from 
the Tsiolkovsky. 

The official signal from Head- 
quarters flashed out at Blane, and 
he listened. They were declaring 
a general alert, but it wasn’t red 
and there was still a delay. Once 
it went red,, it would mean put- 
ting one of the plans already pre- 
pared into operation, demanding 
that he send his few men down 
into the bomb bay to set the auto- 
matic chutes into operation. 
Then missiles would rain down 
on Russian cities and bases. 

Peal and Manners came in. 
Manners would have to carry out 
the orders. Blane glanced at him, 
and saw doubt and worry etched 


30 


AMAZING STORIES 


across the forehead. Could any 
man start the holocaust going? 
Or, believing that the Sulky 
would be throwing bombs, as 
Manners must still believe, could 
any man refuse such an order? 

Blane shook his head faintly 
as he met Peal’s look. There were 
no bombs on the Sulky. And no 
bombs must fall from the God- 
dard. But in the long run, would 
it make any difference. There 
were more than enough land- 
based missiles to wipe out both 
countries. And if Blane saw them 
on his screens, getting set to 
wipe out his nation, could he re- 
fuse to order the bombs here into 
operation ? 

H E threw the side door of the 
office open and heard the 
mad action going on outside as 
men were beaming down the full 
power of their radio signals, giv- 
ing the true nature and path of 
the meteorite, trying to override 
the frantic chaos already filling 
the atmosphere. 

Then the light winked out. A 
voice that was weak and shaken 
came from all the speakers. “At- 
tention. This is official! The ob- 
ject that fell from space has been 
determined to be a natural mete- 
orite. No attack has been ini- 
tiated. There is no cause for 
alarm . . .” 

Blane cut off his speakers and 
went back into his cabin, shak- 
ing with reaction. 


This time, there had been no 
holocaust. This time the alert had 
never gone red, and sane minds 
had somehow prevailed. But how 
long would sanity hold sway in a 
world where every unnatural ac- 
cident was a potential trigger for 
a rain of bombs, a storm that 
might destroy most of the life on 
Earth and would certainly end 
man’s adventure into space. It 
wouldn’t really matter whether 
the stations managed to get off 
without retaliatory missiles from 
Earth; once the ships and sup- 
ply bases were gone, there would 
be no possibility of continuing 
life here. The men who fired the 
missiles from these floating ar- 
senals would be committing a 
long and horrible suicide. Yet he 
might have to order it — might 
reach a stage where he would 
even want to order it! 

Peal was waiting for him with 
the report on the temperature of 
the casings when he came into 
the office the next day. There had 
been an increase of nearly two 
degrees* and it began to look as 
if the rise were an asymptotic 
one, that might get out of hand 
so quickly that there would be 
little warning. 

“It’s not much of a secret, 
either,” the scientist stated. “I 
don’t think Manners said any- 
thing, and I’ve kept it as tight 
as I could. But there are indirect 
ways of noting things going on, 
and the temperature gages in the 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


31 


hull show signs already. The men 
who service the bomb bay aren’t 
all fools, either. They can guess 
there’s trouble when they’re sent 
in for only minutes at a time. So 
rumors are spreading.” 

Blane nodded. If the rumors 
got out of hand, things would go 
to pot in ways that might make 
it impossible for them to meet an 
emergency later. He threw the 
master switch for general sum- 
mons again, and began speaking 
slowly, choosing his words with 
care. He wasn’t going to lie, but 
he couldn’t give them full infor- 
mation. He was already violating 
security to an extent that could 
bring full official wrath on him. 

He told them that there was 
evidence that radioactivity was 
leaking from the warheads, 
though not in any measure to en- 
danger the station at present. 
He said simply that there had 
been some related increase in 
temperature noted, and that the 
situation was being studied and 
reported to Earth, where fuller 
analysis was possible. It was all 
true, so far as it went — and the 
impression was as false as he 
could make it. 

B Y the time the station was 
over Denver, where he could 
contact headquarters on his 
tightest beam, most of the rumors 
had died, and the men were dis- 
cussing the situation without 
much excitement. 


Surprisingly, headquarters 
took his report and switched him 
directly to a human, instead of 
the tape receiver he usually had 
to deal with. He gave the basic 
facts, and reported precisely on 
the fact that he had been forced 
to inform the crew of the station. 

The ' voice from below sighed 
wearily across the thousand miles 
of space. “Quite right, Blane. 
Panic would be the worst thing 
you could have. Forget about the 
violation — we all have to cut that 
at times. Now, in regard to your 
basic situation, I’m going to do 
the best I can for you. But I 
wouldn’t worry about your boiler 
trouble yet. It will be at least 
three days before repairs are 
really necessary, and before then 
Devlin will be back with you. He 
has a full grasp of what must be 
done. And good luck.” 

The voice cut off. 

Blane sat staring at the wall. 
Three days — it could only mean 
that there were three days still 
to go before the runaway radia- 
tion inside the casings built up 
too high for something to be 
done — whether to dump the 
bombs or what, he couldn’t guess. 
But that was shaving it pretty 
thin. 

And how sure could he be that 
they knew what was going on? 
They had only his coded figures 
to go by. Yet he had to trust 
them. For once, he’d be glad when 
Devlin was back. 


32 


AMAZING STORIES 


He called Manners and Peal in. 
“Seal off the bomb bay,” he told 
them. “Just stick up a sign mak- 
ing it off limits and spread the 
word that nobody’s to go in until 
Devlin gets back here — which 
will be in a couple of days.” He 
grinned at their protests, and 
shook his head. “And that means 
off limits to you, too. Earth says 
we’re safe until Devlin gets here, 
and he’ll have orders. Until then, 
we can’t do anything, so forget 
the warheads.” 

It would be a lot easier for the 
crew of the station to accept than 
would the sight of Peal and Man- 
ners going in and out in constant 
efforts to check. And there was 
nothing that their tests could 
show, anyhow ; nobody here knew 
enough to interpret what the 
readings meant. 

For a change, a sort of lucky 
accident helped him. One of the 
pipes in the circulating system 
got clogged with something that 
should never have reached the 
water and burst. It made a mess 
of most of one deck, and took a 
full day’s cleaning and repairing. 
That type of misfortune was 
something the Goddard had long 
since grown used to, and the 
sight of great scientists working 
with cooks and power men was 
always a relief from the routine. 
Maybe stations should be built to 
fail in minor ways. If ever a ship 
was built to cross the vast gulf 
to another star, it should be as 


imperfect as safety permitted. 

On the surface, everything was 
routine by the time Devlin’s ship 
came up the next day. Devlin 
must have more pull on Earth, 
Blane decided; something had 
boosted his stock. The ship had 
taken off from Cape Canaveral — 
the same ship that had taken him 
down — in a tricky but successful 
maneuver. Edwards, of course, 
had been called in for the job. 

Blane had only a few words 
with the pilot, but he gathered 
the ship would be standing by to 
take Devlin off again at some un- 
decided later time. 

G ENERAL Devlin came into 
the office with brisk, precise 
steps, and stood looking at Blane 
with a perfect picture of a mili- 
tary man regarding an inferior. 
His short body was as straight 
as a rod, and his head was at pre- 
cisely the right posture. But his 
face looked grey, and a muscle 
under one eye twitched. He mo- 
tioned sharply as Blane stood up 
to relinquish the seat behind the 
desk. 

“At ease. Stay where you are. 
I’ve been cramped in a hammock 
for hours, I prefer to stand. I’m 
not taking over your command 
this time, anyhow; I’m merely 
here to execute one order before 
I Have to report back down there. 
How’s the trouble here?” 

He listened to Blane’s report, 
but hardly seemed to hear it. He 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


33 


was apparently fully aware of 
everything that Blane could tell 
him. When it was done, he nod- 
ded. “I was told to fill you in. I’ll 
make it brief. Dr. Peal’s theory 
that ultra hard radiation has 
caused the transmutation of 
some of the uranium to a more 
dangerous isotope is correct. This 
effects the same results as raising 
the mass of each segment of the 
uranium trigger to critical level 
eventually. But there is still time 
to save the station, and the level 
of radiation will not make it dan- 
gerous for the squad to handle 
the missiles ; they will be exposed 
too short a time. I would appreci- 
ate it if you would instruct Cap- 
tain Manners and his men to as- 
semble in the hub in fifteen min- 
utes. I’ll join you there.” 

It wasn’t a lot to work on, 
Blane decided. But he nodded as 
Devlin went out, pacing toward 
the coffee in the rec hall. He put 
through the orders and shortly 
moved out to join the eight men 
and Manners. In the hub were 
stacked a number of boxes. He 
counted them, and nodded. There 
was one for each of the missiles. 

“Looks like we dump the mis- 
siles,” Manners suggested, relief 
heavy in his voice. “Those must 
be program tapes for the guid- 
ance computers on the missiles.” 

Devlin’s voice sounded sharply 
behind them, bringing them to 
attention. If he had heard Man- 
ners, he gave no sign of it. 


“In those boxes are tapes for 
the missiles. You are all familiar 
with their installation and the 
operation of loading the missiles 
into the outer chutes. Each of 
you will take one pile of the tapes 
and repair to the bomb bay. You 
are to enter there at precisely 
nine hundred. The bay is hot, but 
not dangerous for the length of 
time required to complete this 
operation. Captain, how long 
should the operation of moving 
all bombs into chutes require?” 

“About twenty minutes, sir.” 
There were motorized winches 
that did the work, and the chutes 
were one of the few pieces of 
mechanism on the Goddard that 
had not been made shoddily. 

“Very good. Then at nine 
twenty, I shall expect you to 
emerge from the bomb bay and’ 
seal it again. You will then report 
to Mr. Blane for further instruc- 
tions.” 

T^HE orders could have been 
given just as easily outside the 
bomb bay, or to Manners alone, 
Blane realized. The whole affair 
was too precise, too much by the 
book. He frowned as he watched 
Manners and the men pick up the 
little boxes and move toward the 
elevators. They were in no great 
hurry, since they still had fifteen 
minutes before they were to enter 
the bomb bay. Then they were 
gone. And Devlin shuddered 
faintly and began wiping his face 


34 


AMAZING STORIES 


with a kerchief. Something cold 
shot up from Blane’s throat to 
the roof of his mouth. 

“What’s the destination on the 
tapes?” he asked sharply. 

Devlin stared at him or 
through him. Then the stiff body 
bent a trifle in a faint bow. “I 
suspect you’ve guessed it, Blane. 
They are all set to take an ellipti- 
cal orbit that will bring them 
against the Tsiolkovsky in mid- 
Pacific.” 

“They can’t!” But Blane knew 
that they could be set for just 
that — they had to be set for such 
an orbit. With their bomb stock 
about to become useless in a mat- 
ter of a few days, and with too 
little time to replace them after 
the realization of what was hap- 
pening, the military mind could 
decide that the only hope was to 
eliminate the danger from the 
other station. It would mean a 
stalemate in space, and might 
possibly still leave Russia doubt- 
ful enough about the striking 
power left on the Goddard to in- 
timidate her out of retaliating. 

“It would wipe men out of 
space!” he protested. “You’ve got 
to cancel the order.” 

Again Devlin gave the faint 
bow. “Unfortunately, I have no 
authority to cancel that order, 
Mr. Blane. I cannot do so.” 

Blane felt his fist move from 
his hip before he realized what 
he planned. It was an awkward 
blow, as all activity in nearly zero 


gravity must be, but it connected. 
Devlin was lifted from his weak 
contact with the floor and his 
head banged savagely against the 
roof. He drifted back toward the 
deck, unconscious. Blane caught 
himself and dashed for the eleva- 
tor. There was still time to broad- 
cast the facts to the station and 
to stop the men from entering the 
bomb bay. After that, he no 
longer cared what happened to 
him. 

VI 

T HE meeting Blane had called 
in the rec hall had been brief. 
Men and women had stared in- 
credulously at him as he told 
them the facts — all the facts this 
time. There hadn’t even been a 
vote, since none was needed. Now 
they were scurrying about, has- 
tily following the orders he had 
given. Manners was destroying 
the tapes, the weather men were 
collecting the reports of future 
weather that should have been 
filed within the next few days, 
and others were gathering what 
bits of scientific material and 
notes they could. Edwards had 
somehow joined them and was al- 
ready out in the little ferry, head- 
ing for the big lunar ship that 
was fueled and almost completed. 

Devlin sat in the hub still. He 
was conscious now, but the blood 
on his head ruined what would 
otherwise have been a fine mili- 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


35 


tary posture. He made his slight 
bow, smiling bitterly in recogni- 
tion of his helplessness. 

“I’m oddly grateful to you, 
Blane,” he said. “But I don’t ex- 
pect you to believe me. And I find 
I regret what will happen to you 
and the men here when this 
catches up with you. What are 
your plans for me?” 

Blane hadn’t thought of that. 
He watched through the port as 
the agly, clumsy lunar ship 
moved toward the ship, to a dis- 
tance where the ferry could be 
used to carry them all out to it. 

“You can pilot a ship, I re- 
member. Take Edwards’ ship and 
go back to the Island,” he de- 
cided at last. 

Devlin smiled. “I thought of 
that, too. But with your permis- 
sion, I’d rather come with you. 
I’m curious. And I give you my 
word I shall not interfere in any 
way. Your case is hopeless, of 
course — but so is mine.” 

Blane shrugged. “Come along, 
then.” 

Loading everyone into the lu- 
nar ship was a horrible period of 
chaos. It had never been meant 
to hold such a cargo of goods and 
people. But somehow room was 
found, and Edwards began mov- 
ing out and away from the God- 
dard — the station that was now 
empty, except for the warheads 
that were growing hotter with 
each hour. 

“I’ve called the Island,” he said 


to Blane. “If the message got to 
anyone except some lumphead, I 
think they’ll be waiting for us.” 

Blane nodded, but he found lit- 
tle reaction to any news now. He 
had made his plans in some split 
moment between striking Devlin 
and reaching the office. There 
was nothing now to add to them. 
There was only a grim determi- 
nation and the hope that all 
spacemen must share it — the de- 
termination that somehow, men 
had to stay out here and find an 
honest destiny in space. 

r PHREE hours later, when their 

long ellipse brought them 
within sight of the Tsiolkovsky, 
he saw that there were ships 
around the station. There were 
no more than half a dozen now, 
but he could see others approach- 
ing. It was impossible for all to 
leave at once, but the men there 
had elected to join him, and they 
had found enough sympathy 
among the staff of the Island to 
gain control long enough to ac- 
complish their decision. 

The awkward lunar ship came 
to a reluctant stop less than half 
a mile from the station, and 
Blane began picking those who 
were to go with him aboard the 
little ferry that was in tow. Man- 
ners and Peal and two others. He 
was looking for a sixth when 
Devlin moved into the group. 
Blane started to order him aside, 
and then shrugged. 


36 


AMAZING STORIES 


They were almost as crowded 
in the taxi that Edwards piloted 
as they had been on the lunar 
ship. But there was no thought 
of that. The others were taking 
their cue from Blane, and Blane 
was simply waiting, frozen in his 
determination until events could 
shape his moves. 

T^HE landing net snapped 

around them, and they settled 
into the silicone ring, and then 
began moving into the huge hub 
of the Sulky. 

At least a dozen people were 
waiting there — too many, Blane 
realized. He hadn’t bothered to 
consider the size of the group he 
must meet. But he disregarded 
that. 

Sonya Vartanian moved for- 
ward to greet him with the dou- 
ble kiss and handshake. Her eyes 
were unreadable, but her voice 
was warm. “Welcome, gentlemen. 
I am delighted that you remem- 
bered our offer of aid in time of 
trouble. You have our assurance 
that—’’ 

Blane cut her off with a hasty 
gesture. He wanted no speeches 
from her. It had to be done at 
once, or forgotten, as he had 
planned it. His mind had no sec- 
ond line of action. He began to 
speak authoritatively ; 

“In the name of the free terri- 
tory of space, I seize this ship 
and all that is on it,” he con- 
tinued coldly, “I sever all ties 

THUNDER IN SPACE 


any may have with Earth here- 
with. I ban all military opera- 
tions from space. I declare that 
no nation may own property in 
space, but may only trade ac- 
cording to the just laws and prac- 
tices that shall be henceforth es- 
tablished for space. I — ” 

He was wound up to the point 
where he could not stop, though 
there was nothing more to say at 
the moment. 

But a sudden sound choked off 
his words. It was a shout from 
those who had come to meet the 
crew from the Goddard. It was a 
long, surprised crescendo that 
slowly became a cheer. 

S ONYA leaned forward, grasp- 
ing his hands “Thank God,” 
she cried in his ear. “Oh thank 
God. I was so afraid you wouldn’t 
see it.” 

He blinked, beginning to feel 
foolish. “You mean that you 
agree? Without resistance?” 

“We’ve been trying to find some 
way to make it happen for two 
years — ever since our comman- 
der refused to permit our decay- 
ing missiles to be used against 
your station,” she told him. “But 
we never really believed it could 
happen.” 

Blane knew that he had never 
believed it, either. 

He pulled her closer, beginning 
to smile again. “In the name of 
the free territory of space!” he 
said, and kissed her. 

37 


VII 


rpHE blaze in the heavens that 

had signalled the end of the 
Goddard was less than twelve 
hours old. It had been a magnif- 
icent funeral pyre to an epoch, 
but it had not yet ended the 
methods of diplomacy. It had 
merely forced faster action. 

The Premier of Russia and the. 
President of the United States 
sat together, trying to keep their 
voices down and yet hear each 
other over the noise and confu- 
sion of the assembly hall in the 
UN building. They were sur- 
rounded by guards, as usual, and 
the television cameras were fo- 
cused on them. But they had so 
far been unable either to agree 
or disagree. They could only wait 
until the time announced had ar- 
rived, as most pf the world was 
now waiting. 

Then the great system of am- 
plifiers and speakers went into 
operation, and quiet began to de- 
scend over the hall. 

There must have been a greet- 
ing of some formal kind, but few 
heard it. Jerry Blane’s tired voice 
was already setting forth his 
written statement of demands 
when the quiet was sufficient for 
him to be heard. He read with the 
voice of a man not used to mak- 
ing a written speech sound nat- 
ural, but nobody noticed. 

The announcement of the facts 
was obvious, but it took on added 

38 


power from the brevity that com- 
pressed everything into a single 
focus. America had lost a station 
and Russia had no supply ships. 
There was a supply base on 
Johnston Island, but the ships 
were all in space. Earth was com- 
pletely cut off from contact with 
space for months to come. 

And Earth could no longer ex- 
ist without that contact. Her 
next weather reports were need- 
ed within the week, and without 
them the damage to crops grown 
dependent on them might result 
in famine for much of Earth. 
Certain drugs had to be made in 
space. There were hundreds of 
needs, without which the econ- 
omy of Earth would collapse. To- 
day, in a real sense, Earth could 
exist only by the use of a station 
in space. 

But the station could exist for 
a longer time without Earth. 
There was food and supplies for 
more than a year. They were pre- 
pared to wait, if need be. 

Y OU cannot use force,” Blane’s 
voice stated flatly. “For the 
first time, the governments of 
Earth cannot fall back on de- 
struction when everything else 
fails. To destroy us would make 
your economic collapse inevitable 
now. You cannot go back to your 
past or the savage rules of your 
past. You can only meet us hon- 
estly and concede the just de- 
mands we propose.” 


AMAZING STORIES 


Many were surprised at the 
proposals — the joint work of two 
years of thought on the Tsiolkov- 
sky and a final flash of insight 
on the part of Blane. They 
wanted recognition from the UN 
that they were an independent 
territory. They wanted to incor- 
porate as an independent stock 
company on Earth, under direct 
UN charter. For that, they were 
willing to pay reasonable taxes 
on operations done within any 
country. They were willing to 
pay a reasonable price, to be set- 
tled by a committee of neutral 
nations, for the two stations, for 
the ships — and even for the Rus- 
sian ships that were destroyed — 
and for complete sovereignty 
over Johnston Island, which 
would now be worthless to Earth. 
They would pay for this by the 
issuing of stock, which could be 
redeemed in time through the 
profits that were easily provable 
as more than adequate to meet 
their debts. And they were to 
have full control of further ven- 
tures and services to be trans- 
acted on the station. Weather 
predictions would be on a sub- 
scription basis, research on the 
station would be by lease, and 
other services could be adjusted 
to a fair market value. 

There was more, but much of 
it was only repetition to make 
sure all was understood. It fin- 
ished with a simple request for a 
quick decision, since no more 


business could be done with 
Earth until the agreements had 
been reached. 

The President nodded. “You’ll 
agree?” he asked. 

“What else can we do?” the 
Premier asked in return. “He’s 
right. We can’t continue today 
without the services we’re used 
to from space. A series of acci- 
dents has left us no choice.” 

The President settled back, ap- 
parently satisfied. But he was 
less sure. Had there been acci- 
dents involved? Some man must 
have hated war in space enough 
to sabotage a fleet of ships. Other 
men had hated that same war 
enough to break all discipline 
and strike out against a whole 
planet. And men and women on 
two separate stations had so de- 
tested the thought of being 
crushed in a surface struggle 
that they had independently 
schemed for this proposal. 

He let his eyes rest on the dele- 
gate from Israel who was yield- 
ing to the delegate from Saudi 
Arabia. It didn’t matter who 
made the resolution to accept the 
proposal of Blane on a tentative 
basis. There would be no veto 
possible now. 

And on Earth, the tension was 
relaxing already. Perhaps now, 
even the surface enmities could 
be settled in time. 

The Fifteenth Space Disarma- 
ment Conference was ending. 

THE END 


THUNDER IN SPACE 


39 


the WARRIORS 

By TOM PURDOM 

Non-violent resistance: a paradox in terms. Yet 
all mankind knows that, with another war sure 
to sound the death-knell of the race, that an effec- 
tive non-violent means of settling disputes must 
he found. Here is an original approach to what 
may be the most important problem of our time. 

Illustrated by ADKINS 




40 


r 




L IGHTS out, the convoy crept 
away from the Institute. 
MacFarland rode in the lead car 
with a driver and his chief psych 
technician, Crawford Bell. Three 
flat decked personnel carriers, 
flying the colors of a mercenary 
band, Sabo’s Own Highland Reg- 
iment, patrolled their flanks. The 
scientists rode in the third and 
fourth cars in the line. 

Crawford Bell had hooked a 
computer and a full communica- 
tions set to the rear of the front 
seat. Now he pressed a button on 
the commo 'unit. 

“Fourteen,” a voice said over 
the loudspeaker. 

“What’s happening in town?” 
Crawford Bell asked. He spoke 
with the slow, gentle accents of 
Tennessee. 

“They’re turning everybody 
out. There must be fifty guys 
stirring everybody up, telling 
them their country’s in danger 
and they’d better fight. There’s a 
mob coming your way.” 

Mac-Farland looked across the 
plain to the city. He could see 
thousands of hand lights and a 
dark shape sprawled across the 
plain. The sound of the crowd 
was so faint he decided it was 
still a couple of miles away. 

His hands tingled with excite- 
ment. This was only his third 
raid. He still hadn’t lost his zest 
for modern warfare. War was a 
contest played for high stakes, 
the fortunes of nations, and it 


41 



ttsed every aptitude a man could 
have- Moving into battle under 
an African sky, he felt glad he 
didn’t live in an earlier age. War 
-was so interesting it would be a 
shame to spoil it with the agony 
and guilt of killing. 

His objective was the airport. 
He was supposed to put Doctor 
Warren’s team of biochemists on 
the midnight plane to Israel. An 
agent of the Department of Com- 
merce, he had been sent to Bel- 
<Jerkan to talk Doctor Warren 
into becoming a US citizen. It 
had been a tricky job. Doctor 
Warren hadn’t been anxious to 
change countries. Only the offer 
of 3 lab on the star ship being 
built by the United States had 
tempted him. “I’ll accept your of- 
fer, Mr- MacFarland — if the 
other members of my team accept 
it. Talk to them. I won’t leave 
without them.” 

H ARASSED by the Belderkan 
Department of Trade using 
every weapon in the Twenty- 
First Century arsenal of per- 
suasion, MacFarland had wrest- 
ed a grudging decision from the 
other four scientists. Now all he 
had to do was get them out of 
the country. But Doctor War- 
ren’S wife had warned the Belder- 
kan government her husband was 
switching his allegiance. 

MacFarland studied the crowd 
through his glasses. They must 
have half the city out there. He 


knew the scientists weren’t deep- 
ly committed to leaving. If the 
Belderkans managed to keep 
them off the plane, they would 
probably change their minds. 

“We’re in for a night’s work,” 
Crawford Bell said. 

To reach the airport, they had 
to make a half circle around the 
city. “We haven’t lost yet,” Mac- 
Farland said. “We’re going fast 
enough to cut in front of them 
before they get between us and 
the airport.” 

Standing up in the moving car, 
he comforted himself by looking 
at his troops. Crawford Bell was 
a first-rate technician. His psych 
team was one of the best in the 
world. Sabo’s mercenary “Regi- 
ment” had a global reputation, 
too. So did the band of mercena- 
ries hiding in ambush. If the 
quality of an army counted for 
anything, they had a fighting 
chance. The position was bad but 
the men were superb. 

He was a soldier. He thought 
of himself as a soldier and he 
planned to conduct himself like a 
soldier and win a victory for his 
country. But he couldn’t use 
physical violence. 

Thirty-eight years before, the 
governments of the world had fi- 
nally realized international vio- 
lence could no longer be tolerated. 
Any violence between nations, 
even a fist fight between private 
citizens from different countries, 
could trigger Earth’s destruction. 


42 


AMAZING STORIES 


He knew the consequences to 
all mankind of any physical vio- 
lence. He knew it like he knew he 
had two legs. He also knew that 
if he twisted the little finger of a 
Belderkan citizen, the UN In- 
spector Corps would arrest him 
within hours. The World Court 
would sentence him to five years 
in prison and fine the United 
States far more than it could pos- 
sibly gain from Albert Warren’s 
work. 

A HELICOPTER whined above 
them. A spotlight pinned 
them from the air. 

“Masks,” MacFarland yelled. 
Seconds later he peered at the 
night from inside a plastic hood. 
His mustache, rubbing against 
the inside of the mask, tickled his 
upper lip. 

The helicopter didn’t drop 
psycho-active gas. Instead, it 
marked them with its light so 
that far off the crowd would know 
where its quarry was. A loud- 
speaker begged the scientists to 
remember the humble people of 
Belderkan. 

We taxed the labor of our peo- 
ple to give you luxury. We built 
you beautifid homes. We gave 
you women, if you wanted them, 
and all the laboratory equipment 
you desired. We gave you old age 
pensions. Remember the labors of 
our people! 

A line of automobile headlights 
raced across the plain. MacFar- 


land gave an order. The lights of 
the convoy jumped on. 

The line of enemy cars was 
long and moving fast. He could- 
n’t go around their rear and they 
were moving fast enough to head 
him off and hold him for as long 
as the crowd needed to surround 
the convoy. 

He switched on his mike. 
“Sabo, can you break their line?” 

“Right. Allenby, attack the 
cars !” 

A personnel carrier, sixty men 
standing on its deck, charged the 
enemy vehicles. MacFarland 
grinned when he heard the bag- 
pipes wail. 

The carrier headed toward the 
tiny space between the fourth 
and fifth vehicles in the enemy 
line. It swerved suddenly and 
half a dozen kilted troopers 
j umped from the deck and landed 
among the enemy vehicles. Fans 
screamed as drivers maneuvered 
to avoid running them over. A 
second squad jumped off. A third 
squad landed on their heels. Soon 
only the piper stood on the deck 
of the carrier, proudly erect as 
his mess mates risked their lives 
among rampaging machines. 

The enemy line disintegrated. 
MacFai'land picked out a hole 
eighty yards wide and led the 
convoy forward. As they passed 
the carrier, he threw the piper a 
salute. 

“Well done,” he told the mike. 

“Thank you,” Sabo said. 


THE WARRIORS 


43 


“It was a good job,” Crawford 
Bell said, “but we had all the ad- 
vantages. Wait until it’s them on 
foot and us mounted.” 

'T'HE crowd had grown bigger. 
-*• Now its roar could be heard 
for miles. A helicopter hovered 
over it, probably broadcasting 
the same kind of propaganda as 
the helicopter over the convoy. 

Aiming for the airport, the 
convoy had left the Institute on 
a Northeast tack. In trying to 
outrun the line of cars, they had 
turned until they were moving 
due north. The mob was running 
north, too, and had almost placed 
itself between the convoy and the 
airport. 

“Cut right,” MacFarland told 
his driver. “Full speed ahead. 
See if you can cross in front of 
the crowd.” 

The helicopters spotlight irri- 
tated him. He didn’t like bright 
lights. Turning around, he 
checked to see how the scientists 
were doing. They were all wear- 
ing masks and their positions 
told him nothing about their feel- 
ings. He waved and one of them 
waved back. 

Now he could hear the helicop- 
ter over the crowd. It was de- 
scribing the logs that threatened 
Belderkan. The situation didn’t 
demand sophisticated propagan- 
da. 

In a world of unrestricted in- 
ternational trade, with a hundred 

44 


and ten countries fighting to 
maintain high living standards, 
a nation had to maintain a good 
balance between its exports and 
imports. The new products tal- 
ented brains could create were 
the key to survival. Albert War- 
ren, inventor of several valuable 
life forms, creator of the cur- 
rently accepted unified theory of 
the life process, was one of the 
world’s most valuable natural re- 
sources. He and his colleagues 
were worth several battles. 

Three helicopters swooped over 
the convoy. MacFarland ducked 
and looked for signs of gas. The 
helicopters held a position about 
twenty yards in front of his car 
and a few feet off the ground. 

“Here it comes,” Crawford 
Bell mumbled. 

Men jumped out of the helicop- 
ters. MacFarland’s driver re- 
versed his engine. The convoy 
screamed to a halt. The men 
jumping from the copters hit the 
ground and threw themselves 
prostrate. In the tall grass they 
could be anywhere. The helicop- 
ter overhead switched of! its 
light. 

Another helicopter landed on 
their left flank. A dozen Belder- 
kans climbed out and ran toward 
the scientists. “Don’t leave us. 
Great men that you are, think of 
our needs.” 

From Sabo’s second personnel 
carrier, a squad ran to intercept 
the pleaders befox - e they made it 


AMAZING STORIES 


impossible for the scientists to 
move. The drivers of the threat- 
ened cars pulled out of the line. 
Arms linked, Sabo's men man- 
aged to keep the pleaders away 
from the scientists. 

'T'HE two cars carrying the sci- 
entists parked next to Mac- 
Farland. “No wonder you like 
your work,” Lauchstein, the ge- 
netic engineer shouted. The other 
scientists didn’t act so enthusias- 
tic. 

MacFarland switched on his 
mike. “Sabo, clear us a path 
through that gang up ahead. If 
you work fast, we can still out- 
run the crowd.” 

“We’re moving out,” Sabo 
said. 

The bagpipes screamed. Sabo’s 
men leaped from their carriers 
and moved out at a trot, the 
whole “regiment” of one hundred 
eighty men in the formation in- 
vented by Sabo himself and used 
by non-violent fighters all over 
the world. Half the regiment 
formed two parallel lines. The 
other half broke into three-man 
squads which hunted for a path 
through the Belderkan squads. 

The Belderkans stood up in the 
grass. There were about fifty of 
them. They tried to form a line 
in front of the convoy, but Sabo’s 
men jumping and blocking among 
them thwarted that maneuver. 
A leader shouted an order and 
the Belderkans converged on the 


convoy, obviously trying to place 
one or two men so close to each 
vehicle movement would be im- 
possible. 

The Belderkans were as disci- 
plined and agile as Sabo’s troops. 
Men danced and jumped in the 
tall grass. Sabo maneuvered to 
break a hole in the Belderkan 
lines and send his two files 
through it, forming a corridor 
for the convoy. The Belderkans 
maneuvered to obstruct the dou- 
ble file and place men among the 
vehicles. Since they only had to 
hold the convoy until the crowd 
arrived, the Belderkans had the 
advantage. 

“Look at it,” Crawford Bell 
said. “It’s the second time I’ve 
seen it. Look at it.” 

I T was a spectacle, all right. The 
polite dancing men, the wail- 
ing bagpipes, the bodies that 
never touched, never even 
brushed lightly. But MacFarland 
wasn’t enjoying it. He knew how 
close he was to defeat. He didn’t 
like the danger created when 
heated men from different na- 
tions faced each other on the bat- 
tle field. So far no one had for- 
gotten the discipline of the non- 
violent fighter, but the old beast 
still lived in the human psyche. 
One shove by a Belderkan or a 
mercenary and the tiger would 
roar on the plain. 

His hand gripped the side of 
the car. Beside him Lauchstein 


THE WARRIORS 


45 


said something. Then he heard 
Doctor Umbana. 

“Childish,” Doctor Umbana 
snorted. “Ridiculous. When are 
people going to outgrow these 
silly games?” 

“Probably never,” Lauchstein 
said. “You can’t change human 
nature.” 

The bagpipes screamed tri- 
umph. Sabo had outmaneuvered 
the Belderkans. MacFarland’s 
driver switched on the fans and 
the car leaped between the lines 
of running men. Outside the dou- 
ble line, Belderkan soldiers ran 
to block the exit from the human 
alley. They were too late. When 
the car shot out the front of the 
line, the Belderkans were yards 
behind. 

“The crowd’s got us blocked,” 
Crawford Bell said. “It took too 
long.” 

Sabo’s men were climbing onto 
the decks of their carriers. The 
crowd stretched between the con- 
voy and the airport. Moving on a 
short radius, it could block them 
no matter how widely they cir- 
cled. 

MacFarland glanced at his 
watch. Eleven o’clock. “What 
have you got, Crawford?” 

“Psycho gas’ll break them up.” 

“No. Use psycho gas on a crowd 
like that and they may go ber- 
serk. It’s been a long time since 
a human being died in a battle. 
I’d hate to be the man responsible 
for ending a winning streak.” 


C RAWFORD Bell tapped the 
keys of his computer. His 
eyes studied the crowd. The night 
before he had pi-ogrammed the 
computer with data on Belderkan 
culture. Now he turned his im- 
mediate observations and trained 
hunches into mathematical quan- 
tities and fed them into the ma- 
chine. 

“You said you had some girls.” 
“I’m calling them now,” Mac- 
Farland said. 

The crowd was about five hun- 
dred yards away. The people 
were singing the national anthem 
of the Belderkan Republic. He 
could barely hear the loudspeaker 
above his head. 

“Eagle nine here,” a voice said 
on his radio. 

“Eagle One. Can you see the 
crowd ?” 

“We’re watching them.” 
“Attack. Hit them on my left.” 
He put the mike down. Craw- 
ford Bell was reciting a string of 
figures into the mike. 

“Sound,” the psych technician 
said. “Tell Sabo to keep his pipes 
quiet.” 

The helicopter still marked 
them with its spotlight. Its loud- 
speaker pleaded with the scien- 
tists. By straining his ears, he 
could hear some of what it said. 
The pleas made him a little un- 
comfortable. 

What had he said to Doctor 
Umbana ? “It’s starship time. 
Doctor. We’ve abolished interna- 


46 


AMAZING STORIES 


tional violence. We’ve conquered 
poverty and disease. We’ve ex- 
plored the Solar System out to 
Saturn and if we haven’t gone 
further, it’s because nobody 
thinks it’s worth the effort. 
Where do we go now? We can’t 
stand still. We’ve developed psy- 
chological techniques that turn 
men into brainless slaves and the 
pressures of international com- 
petition are forcing us to use 
them. To stay free, the human 
race has to expand. It’s star 
ship time and we need you.” 

That was still true. Doctor 
Warren’s team belonged on a 
starship project, and it might as 
well be the United States project. 
But even having them on the 
Common Market or the Soviet 
Republic starship would be better 
than letting them stay in Belder- 
kan. Or would it? They were do- 
ing important research here. 
They were the foundation of Bel- 
derkan’s prosperity. 

There was no way to reason 
out which was better. Settle it on 
the battle field and hope the right 
side won. If that helicopter’s 
propaganda was bothering him, 
what was it doing to the scien- 
tists? 

“Sabo, muffle the pipes.” 

T HE convoy slowed down. The 
crowd had stopped running 
and started walking. Their togas, 
mostly emerald green and pearl 
white, were made from a hard 


fabric that gleamed in the light 
from the helicopter. Through his 
binoculars he tried to estimate 
the percentage of men and the 
percentage of young people. The 
section right in front of him 
looked young and predominantly 
male. By now many of the women 
and the older men had fallen be- 
hind. That was something to be 
glad about. 

In the crowd several voices 
screamed a war cry. Then the 
whole crowd shouted and started 
running toward the convoy. 

Three personnel carriers 
skimmed into view on his left. He 
raised his binoculars and studied 
their passengers. It was hard to 
look at them with the detachment 
of a commander inspecting his 
troops. He was a young man and 
the girls standing on the decks 
of the carriers were pretty. 

The carriers crossed the front 
of the crowd and the girls 
jumped off. They started un- 
dressing as soon as they hit. Run- 
ning into the crowd, they offered 
themselves to the men. 

Mike in. hand, Crawford Bell 
leaned forward. “It’s all in the 
timing.” Tension choked his 
voice. 

“Get it right,” MacFarland 
growled. 

There was only one girl for 
every dozen men, but that was 
enough to cause trouble. At least 
two men per girl forgot their pa- 
triotic fervor and yielded to op- 


THE WARRIORS 


47 


portunity. Other men forgot the 
invaders and tried to drag their 
comrades back to duty. Women, 
probably jealous, screamed 
curses at MacFarland’s shock 
troops. 

The personnel carriers, all 
their girls dropped, turned and 
swept along the rear of the crowd. 
On each deck a man tossed coins 
and bills at the Belderkans. 

The loudspeaker above the 
crowd exhorted them to remem- 
ber their country. The loud- 
speaker above the convoy shamed 
the scientists for using such tac- 
tics. 

“Now!” Crawford Bell shouted 
at his mike. 

MacFarland covered his ears 
too late. Even through his mask 
he heard the sound that rose from 
the sixth vehicle in the convoy. 

It was sound mathematically 
calculated to shatter the nerves 
of the crowd. Pitch, rhythm, in- 
tensity, had been computed by 
Crawford Bell’s machine. Even 
MacFarland felt hysteria creep 
up his back. 

Its emotions shattered by the 
women, the money and the sound, 
the crowd lost its slight disci- 
pline and its great motivation. 
The people staggered under the 
triple psychological punch. 

Sabo’s personnel carriers 
swept forward and threw a cor- 
don of men around the left of the 
crowd. The convoy raced toward 
the airport. 


M ACFARLAND could see the 
airport through his binocu- 
lars. The helicopter still marked 
them with its light, but the 
crowd was a long way behind. 

“Cigarette?” Crawford Bell 
asked. 

“No thanks. I’m keeping my 
mask on.” 

The psych technician started 
to take off his own mask, then 
changed his mind. “They’re prob- 
ably feeling desperate. This is 
when I’d start using gas.” 

“It’s eleven fifteen. We’ll be at 
the airport in ten minutes.” His 
eyes narrowed. “They must have 
something left.” 

The night wind made him 
shiver. He adjusted the heating 
unit in his tweed jacket. When 
he looked up, he saw the lights of 
the runway. Then he saw the 
white dome of the terminal build- 
ing. Before the airpoi-t fence and 
the airport gate, a line of men 
stood shoulder to shoulder. 

Crawford Bell glanced at his 
watch. “Here’s where I earn my 
money.” His fingers tapped the 
computer keys. 

MacFarland’s stomach tingled. 
He wanted to jump out of the car 
and push the toga clad men aside 
with his bare hands. Days of 
frustration were reaching a cli- 
max. 

He switched on the mike. “Sa- 
bo, we’ll have to stand toe to toe 
with those boys and slug it out. 
I want you to guard our rear. 


48 


AMAZING STORIES 


Have your men put a tight line 
behind us. Don’t let the crowd get 
near the convoy.” 

They halted in front of the air- 
port gate, less than twenty feet 
from the enemy line. The other 
vehicles pulled up beside them. 

The scientists parked on his 
left. “You’ve done a good job,” 
Doctor Warren said, “but it looks 
like we’re not going any further.” 

“Did you bring machine guns 
and clubs?” Doctor Umbana 
asked. “If you didn’t let’s go 
home and get some sleep.” 

MacFarland stood up. “Gentle- 
men, we’ve got half an hour and 
a good crew of technicians.” The 
line of Belderkans looked grim 
and unmoving. Their black faces 
gleamed in the light from the 
helicopter. 

“Now,” Crawford Bell said. 

Again, the awful sound rose 
from the noisemaker. MacFar- 
land tried to look indifferent but 
after the first seconds he grabbed 
his ears with his hands. It was 
the scream of pain and madness 
and the evil thing beyond the 
campfire. The faces of the Belder- 
kans distorted with anguish. 

Using noise was tricky. How 
hard did the air molecules have 
to strike the ears or how painful 
did the noise have to be, before 
sound became physical violence? 
The noise selected by the compu- 
ter was supposed to be psycho- 
logically, but not physically, un- 
comfortable. 


The noise ended abruptly. On 
MacFarland’s right, one of Craw- 
ford Bell’s technicians aimed a 
battery of lights at the enemy 
line. Flickering colors made shift- 
ing patterns on the faces of the 
Belderkan troops. The colors were 
supposed to create mental confu- 
sion and weaken motivation. 

“Look at their faces,” Doctor 
Warren said. “Wouldn’t a club be 
more humane?” 

T WO Belderkan trucks were 
parked behind the line. Tech- 
nicians came out of them and set 
up lights which neutralized the 
lights of the invaders. 

A jet screamed into a runway 
at the far end of the airport. 
MacFarland watched it taxi to 
the terminal building. It was the 
flight the scientists were sup- 
posed to leave on. He glanced at 
his watch. Twenty minutes. 

This was where the human im- 
agination met its test. The mind 
struggled to invent alternatives 
to violence. There could be no ap- 
peal to the enemy’s reason. Con- 
flicting interests clashed head on. 
Only maneuver and cunning 
could win the day. 

He stepped out of the car and 
walked up to the Belderkan line. 
“How much do you want? My 
government’ll give thousands to 
the man that lets us through. 
We can give you things money 
can’t buy. Our loveliest women. 
A palace. Pleasure for the rest of 


THE WARRIORS 


49 


your life. Don’t you like 
money? Wouldn’t you like to be 
rich?” 

No one answered. Walking 
down the line, he repeated his of- 
fer. He stopped in front of a thin, 
spectacled youth who couldn’t 
possibly be older than nineteen. 

“You can make your fortune in 
a minute. The rest of your life, 
you can do what you please.” He 
named a famous beauty. “Would- 
n’t you like her? She’s on our 
payroll.” 

The youth avoided MacFar- 
land’s eyes. “I won’t be tempted. 
I can’t be tempted.” 

Doctor Umbana jumped out of 
his car. “Oafs. Peasants. What 
right have you got to stop us? 
I’m a free man. Get out of my 
way.” 

MacFarland stepped in front 
of the angry biochemist. “Get 
back,” he hissed. “Do you want 
to go to jail? I’ll handle this.” 

“You’re the man that brought 
us here. Kick them aside and 
drive through. Won’t you go to 
jail for your country?” 

Lauchstein bellowed with 
laughter. “Let MacFarland han- 
dle this,” Doctor Warren said. 
“Pete, come on back to the car.” 

Doctor Umbana glared at his 
colleagues. “I won’t stand for 
this. We’re free scientists. We 
have the right to travel where we 
please.” 

MacFarland swore to himself. 
Already passengers were leaving 

50 


the terminal and walking toward 
the airliner. 

The crowd, sounding even 
noisier than it had before, was 
bearing down on the airport. 
Sabo would hold them, of course, 
but their pleas to the scientists 
would be impossible to silence. 

Crawford Bell jerked his 
thumb at the enemy lines. “They- 
’re carrying masks. We can’t use 
gas on them.” 

M ACFARLAND could see the 
future as plainly as if it 
were already a memory. The situ- 
ation had a logic which could lead 
to only one solution. It was a solu- 
tion he had been dreading since 
his first day in Belderkan. 

“This is no place for psych 
tricks.” He dropped a weary hand 
on Crawford Bell’s shoulder. 
“Keep working, but psych tricks 
won’t budge those boys. They’re 
disciplined and they’re in a good 
position.” 

“You aren’t giving up?” 

He turned to face the Belder- 
kans. “So you won’t be moved ?” 
he shouted. “Well, I’m not mov- 
ing either. I’m staying here until 
I rot. You’d better have full stom- 
achs and big bladders if you 
want to keep me out of that air- 
port.” 

“A fine speech,” the helicopter 
answered, “but we don’t care if 
you stay or not, aggressor. Only 
the five doctors count. You’re of 
no importance.” 


AMAZING STORIES 


Doctor Umbana raised his fist. 
“I won’t be forced.” 

“Doctor Umbana,” the helicop- 
ter said, “no one is forcing you 
to stay. How can one force a cre- 
ative mind to work? We only 
want you to consider what you 
are doing. We only want you to 
see how much we are willing to 
suffer.” 

The jets of the airliner whined. 
MacFarland glanced at his 
watch. Five minutes. 

“You’ve done a good job,” Doc- 
tor Warren said, “and I’m certain 
you’ll be commended by your su- 
periors, but you’ve failed. I sug- 
gest we go home and sleep.” His 
two sons were sleeping on his 
shoulders. They had been 
drugged, at their father’s re- 
quest, so they wouldn’t see the 
attack on the crowd. 

“Are you going to submit to 
this bullying?” Doctor Umbana 
demanded. 

“I never was very interested in 
this project,” Doctor Forbes said. 
“I’m only here because the rest 
of you want to go. And I’ve been 
listening to that helicopter. Some 
of that’s true, you know. They 
must want us an awful lot to do 
all this.” 

“They don’t want us,” Doctor 
Umbana said. “They’re greedy. 
Those people out there are only 
your employers. Are you going to 
let them treat you like a slave who 
doesn’t have the right to change 
jobs Don’t you have any pride?” 


“He has a point,” Doctor Sani 
said. 

“Suppose you go back now,” 
MacFarland argued. “They’ll 
know they can make you stay and 
they may not give you such good 
terms next time your contract is 
renewed.” 

“True,” Forbes said, “but aca- 
demic. You can’t break their line. 
You might win a starvation 
match, but I’m not going to stay 
here that long. It isn’t worth it 
to me.” 

“Is it worth a few more 
hours?” MacFarland asked. 
“You want to work on the star- 
ship. You know you meant it 
when you told me you want a 
chance to be on the ship. It’s the 
biggest opportunity offered any 
group of scientists in history. 
And you admit you can’t give in 
to this coercion without hurting 
your own self interest. So why 
not give me until dawn? There’s 
another plane at six a.m. give me 
till then.” 

“What can you do?” Doctor 
Warren asked. 

“I can challenge them to a 
duel. They won’t refuse. No one 
ever refuses a duel.” 

A LL night the two sides har- 
-E* assed each other. Crawford 
Bell’s technicians went up and 
down the enemy line, waking up 
any Belderkan who was sleeping 
on his feet. Sirens wailed. The 
crowd pleaded with the scientists, 


THE WARRIORS 


51 


insulted the invaders and sang 
to itself. The girls, not yet battle 
fatigued, tried to tempt the Bel- 
derkan troops. The helicopters 
continued their sermons and de- 
nunciations. 

MacFarland tried to sleep on a 
cot beside the command car. 
Crawford Bell gave him a mild 
sedative but it didn’t do much 
good. 

“Have you ever fought a 
duel?” Crawford Bell asked. 

“No. This is only my third 
raid.” 

“What’s happened up to now is 
a boys game compared to that. 
That’s for real.” 

“You don’t have to tell me. It 
makes me sick to think about it.” 

“You don’t have to do it. It’s 
something no government can 
ask you ;o do.” 

“No, but the UN Secretariat 
approves of it and every honest 
psychologist approves of it, too. 
Let me rest. You get the junk 
ready.” 

He wondered if anything was 
worth a duel. The star ship was- 
n’t. His career wasn’t. So why 
bother? But he knew the answer 
and so did every soldier on the 
planet. Every duel fought made 
killing a little less likely; every 
duel decreased the danger mod- 
ern knowledge, which hadn’t 
been destroyed with the weapons 
it had made possible, would wipe 
out human life. It wasn’t some- 
thing you did for your own coun- 


try. You did it for the whole hu- 
man race and all the generations 
to come. 

At five he arose from his cot. 
He felt groggy but that couldn’t 
be helped. 

In the chilly dawn he took off 
his jacket and shirt. .Bare chest- 
ed, he stepped into the space be- 
tween his vehicles and the enemy 
line. 

Crawford Bell handed him a 
public address system. “Good 
morning,” his voice boomed. “I 
hope you’ve had a better sleep 
than I got. It’s easy to be brave 
when you know your opponent 
won’t kill you. It’s easy to stand 
in line and look heroic and pa- 
triotic when you know I don’t 
dare run you over with my vehi- 
cles. But how brave are you? Are 
you really willing to suffer for 
your country ? I think the men of 
Belderkan are cowards. I think 
you would still be running if we 
had fought an old fashioned war 
last night.” 

TTE paused and stroked his 
mustache. Then he gestured 
and Crawford Bell rolled the in- 
strument forward. It was a pole 
on a wheeled platform. Four han- 
dles stuck out from the pole; 
above each handle was a set of 
four dials. 

“Do you know what a duel is ?” 
He made himself look at the in- 
strument. “Have you heard in 
this primitive country of the 


52 


AMAZING STORIES 


great duels fought all over the 
world these last few years ? Have 
you heard of the champions pro- 
duced by nations like Ghana, Is- 
rael, Costa Rica? Wouldn’t you 
like to pretend you haven’t?” 

The youth he had tried to 
tempt the night before stepped 
out of the line. “I accept your 
challenge.” 

He doesn’t know what he’s do- 
ing, MacFarland thought. “We- 
’ve got room for four at the pole. 
Who else accepts my challenge?” 

Another man stepped forward. 
“I’m not afraid. I’ll die if I have 
to.” 

The struggle on the faces of 
the men left in line was painful 
to watch. Three of them stepped 
forward at the same time. They 
looked at each other until, with a 
puzzled expression on his face, 
one of them waved the other two 
back. 

MacFarland stepped up to the 
pole and grabbed a handle. Try- 
ing hard to keep their faces 
blank, the three Belderkans 
grabbed the other handles. One 
of them trembled. 

Behind him the crowd mur- 
mured. He squeezed the handle. 
Pain shot up his arms and thud- 
ded through his body. His eyes 
closed. His face twisted. Holding 
back a scream, he made himself 
open his eyes and watch the dials 
over his handle. The dial marked 
by a red light was his. The other 
dials told him how much pain his 


opponents were enduring. Each 
man could end his agony by re- 
leasing his handle. Each man 
squeezed harder. Even as they 
screamed, they squeezed and 
made the needle move a little fur- 
ther right. 

No job, no promotion, no sci- 
entific enterprise or national 
need, could have made him do 
this. Feeling the pain hammer 
through his bones, he knew how 
weak all those motivations were. 

Through slitted eyelids he saw 
two of his opponents fall away 
from the post. His dial said he 
was enduring more than either 
of them. 

H E turned his face toward the 
other man. Clenching their 
handles, they grimaced at each 
other. MacFarland’s grip tight- 
ened. His needle moved. The oth- 
er needle edged past it. They 
hung there moaning and shak- 
ing. 

Oh God, he thought. Oh God. 
He made himself squeeze. 

Twin shrieks cut the air. Both 
men released their handles and 
fell away from the pole. MacFar- 
land staggered in circles, bent 
over, clutching his stomach, try- 
ing to turn off the pain. 

“Are you all right?” Crawford 
Bell asked. 

“Look after him,” he an- 
swered, still fighting the duel. 

“Look after him,” he heard 
the other man moan. 


THE WARRIORS 


53 


Hands grabbed him and he 
straightened up. When he saw 
the pole, he flinched. He couldn’t 
do that again. 

He grabbed the mike. “You 
saw that,” he mumbled. “Who’s 
next? Who wants to do that 
next?” 

An aging man walked out of 
the line and took his position at 
the pole. 

MacFarland stared at the old 
man’s disciplined face. He had 
been thinking no one would dare 
come forward now that they had 
seen a duel. The old man looked 
tougher than any of the last 
group. 

He stepped up to the pole and 
grabbed a handle. 

“Relax,” the Belderkan said. 
“This time you’ll lose or the good 
thing will happen, but whichever 
it is, this will be the last time. 
Good luck.” 

Have you done this before? 
Farland squeezed to equal him. 
The old man squeezed his handle 
and his needle jumped a quarter 
of the way across the dial. Mac- 
Farland squeezed to equal him. 
Again pain hammered his bones. 
Again his face twisted and he 
moaned over his tortured body. 

But it was necessary. It had to 
be done. This odd form of duel- 
ling had started twenty years be- 
fore, when two groups of non- 
violent soldiers faced each other 
in the streets of Rio and tension 
mounted on both sides. Neither 


side could accept defeat. Neither 
side could return home and ad- 
mit it had surrendered to un- 
armed men because it lacked pa- 
tience. In wars fought with vio- 
lence, men could lose with honor. 
There was no honor for the loser 
in a non-violent battle. 

Then a man had slashed his 
wrists and let his blood drip on- 
to the street. “I’ll die before I’ll 
leave here,” he had said. 

“I’ll die before I’ll give in to 
you,” a man from the opposing 
group had said, slashing his own 
wrists. 

According to the UN psycholo- 
gists who had studied the phe- 
nomenon, duelling was a form of 
therapy for the people of the 
world, a necessary transition 
from the days when men had 
earned their manhood by fighting 
wars or belonging to groups 
which could be proud of their 
warriors. The pride of nations de- 
manded some sacrifice. 

T HE needle was halfway around 
the dial., Still the old man 
hung on. MacFarland squeezed 
harder. He was staying ahead. 
How much could he take? Why 
didn’t he die of shock? He hoped 
for that release and fought to 
keep conscious and endure a little 
more. 

His personal pride, the good of 
his country, and the safety of 
the world, demanded that he 
drive the contest beyond the limit 


54 


AMAZING STORIES 


of his endui-anee; that he lose, if 
he lost, not because he had been 
afraid but because his flesh could 
endure no moi'e. ^ 

He screamed and moaned and 
squeezed. The men in the enemy 
line moaned with him. He heard 
Ci'awford Bell shouting to him to 
let go. Was that Doctor Umbana 
he -heard? Wasn’t that the calm 
Doctor Warren shouting and 
pleading ? 

And the strangest of all sounds 
was his own voice mingling with 
the voice of his opponent, two 
screams with exactly the same 
pitch and intensity, the same rise 
and fall. 

He was going to die. He would- 
n’t be the first. Sometimes the 
honor of the nation demanded 
that and it was necessary nations 
not be shamed by their citizens. 
Shamed nations were dangerous 
nations. And after all, he was 
only one soldier and in previous 
generations the sacrifice had 
been millions. 

TTE lay on the cot. Crawford 
Bell and a medic worked on 
him with hypos. Vaguely, he real- 

T H E 


ized the aging Beldei'kan lay be- 
side him. 

“It’s about time you opened 
your eyes,” Crawford Bell said. 
“Can you hear me?” 

He nodded. 

“We put you into therapeutic 
shock. You’ve been out an hour. 
You’ll be all right.” 

“How’s my friend there?” 

“He’s coming around.” 

A jet screamed. Lifting his 
head, he watched it rise into the 
morning. 

“Doctor Warren’s on it,” Ci'aw- 
ford Bell said. “So’s Doctor Um- 
bana. The Belderkans agreed to 
let any two of them through the 
line and Doctor Warren decided 
he didn’t need all the rest of 
them after all. Your technique 
of persuasion isn’t one I’d like to 
use, but it’s effective.” 

He didn’t have the strength to 
answer. It always worked out 
that way. After a duel, what had 
seemed beyond compromise sud- 
denly became negotiable. That 
was the good thing the old man 
had spoken of. That was the 
knowledge which had given him 
that strength to endure. 

END 


Through Time and Space With Benedict Breadfruit: IV 

B UT what will they do with the robot when it becomes too decrepit 
to move?” persisted the boy. 

Breadfi'uit pointed to a large vat of bubbling acid in the public 
square. “They’ll thi'ow him in the pool, yonder, son.” 

— GRANDALL BARRETTON 


55 


Don't know where to go on your vacation? Here are 
some excellent suggestions. You can link up for two 
weeks with the mercury thought-pools of Kish. Or 
attend an endocrine-gala with the latest Aphrodite 
of Venus. Or, if you have lots of time, you can take out a . . . 


PASSPORT TO 

ETERNITY By J. G. BALLARD 


I T was half past love on New 
Day in Zenith and the clocks 
were striking heaven. All over 
the city the sounds of revelry 
echoed upwards into the daz- 
zling Martian night, but high on 
Sunset Ridge, among the man- 
sions of the rich, Margot and 
Clifford Gorrell faced each other 
in glum silence. 

Frowning, Margot flipped im- 
patiently through the vacation 
brochure on her lap, then tossed 
it away with an elaborate ges- 
ture of despair. 

“But Clifford, why do we have 
to go to the same place every 
summer? I’d like to do some- 
thing interesting for a change. 
This year the Lovatts are going 
to the Venus Fashion Festival, 
and Bobo and Peter Anders have 
just booked into the fire beaches 


at Saturn. They’ll all have a 
wonderful time, while we’re qui- 
etly taking the last boat to no- 
where.” 

Clifford Gorrell nodded im- 
passively, one hand cupped over 
the sound control in the arm of 
his chair. They had been arguing 
all evening, and Margot’s voice 
threw vivid sparks of irritation 
across the walls and ceiling. 
Grey and mottled, they would 
take days to drain. 

“I’m sorry you feel like that, 
Margot. Where would you like to 
go?” 

Margot shrugged scornfully, 
staring out at the corona of a 
million neon signs that illumi- 
nated the city below. “Does it 
matter?” 

“Of course. You arrange the 
vacation this time.” 


56 



57 




Margot hesitated, one eye 
keenly on her husband. Then she 
sat forward happily, turning up 
her fluorescent violet dress until 
she glowed like an Algolian ray- 
fish. 

C LIFFORD, I’ve got a wonder- 
ful idea! Yesterday I was 
down in the Colonial Bazaar, 
thinking about our holiday, when 
I found a small dream bureau 
that’s just been opened. Some- 
thing like the Dream Dromes in 
Neptune City everyone was 
crazy about two or three years 
ago, but instead of having to 
plug into whatever program 
happens to be going you have 
your own dream plays specially 
designed for you.” 

Clifford continued to nod, 
carefully increasing the volume 
of the sound-sweeper. 

“They have their own studios 
and send along a team of ana- 
lysts and writers to interview us 
and afterwards book a sanato- 
rium anywhere we like for the 
convalescence. Eve Corbusier 
and I decided a small party of 
five or six would be best.” 

“Eve Corbusier,” Clifford re- 
peated. He smiled thinly to him- 
self and switched on the book he 
had been reading. “I wondered 
when that gorgon was going to 
appear.” 

“Eve isn’t too bad when you 
get to know her, darling,” Mar- 
got told him. “Don’t start read- 


ing yet. She’ll think up all sorts 
of weird ideas for the play.” Her 
voice trailed off. “What’s the 
matter?” 

“Nothing,” Clifford said wear- 
ily. “It’s just that I sometimes 
wonder if you have any sense of 
responsibility at all.” As Mar- 
got’s eyes darkened he went on. 
“Do you really think that I, a su- 
preme court justice, could take 
that sort of vacation, even if I 
wanted to? Those dream plays 
are packed with advertising 
commercials and all sort of cor- 
rupt material.” He shook his 
head sadly. “And I told you not 
to go into the Colonial Bazaar.” 

“What are we going to do 
then ?” Margot asked coldly. 
“Another honey Moon?” 

“I’ll reserve a couple of sin- 
gles tomorrow. Don’t worry, you- 
’ll enjoy it.” He clipped the hand 
microphone into his book and be- 
gan to scan the pages with it, 
listening to the small metallic 
voice. 

Margot stood up, the vanes in 
her hat quivering furiously. 
“Clifford!” $he snapped, her 
voice dead and menacing. “I 
warn you, I’m not going on an- 
other honeyMoon!” 

Absently, Clifford said: “Of 
course, dear,” his fingers racing 
over the volume control. 
“Clifford!” 

Her shout sank to an angry 
squeak. She stepped over to him, 
her dress blazing like a dragon. 


58 


AMAZING STORIES 


jabbering at him noiselessly, the 
sounds sucked away through the 
vents over her head and pumped 
out across the echoing rooftops 
of the midnight city. 

AS he sat back quietly in his 
private vacuum, the ceiling 
shaking occasionally when Mar- 
got slammed a door upstairs, 
Clifford looked out over the bril- 
liant diadem of down-town Ze- 
nith. In the distance, by the 
space-port, the ascending arcs of 
hyperliners flared across the sky 
while below the countless phos- 
phorescent trajectories of hop- 
cabs enclosed the bowl of roof- 
light in a dome of glistening 
hoops. 

Of all the cities of the galaxy, 
few offered such a wealth of 
pleasures as Zenith, but to Clif- 
ford Gorrell it was as distant 
and unknown as the first Gomor- 
rah. At 35 he was a thin-faced, 
prematurely aging man with re- 
ceding hair and a remote ab- 
stracted expression, and in the 
dark sombre suit and stiff white 
dog-collar which were the tradi- 
tional uniform of the Probate 
Department’s senior administra- 
tors he looked like a man who 
had never taken a holiday in his 
life. 

At that moment Clifford 
wished he hadn’t. He and Margot 
had never been able to agree 
about their vacations. Clifford’s 
associates and superiors at the 


Department, all of them ten or 
twenty years older than himself, 
took their pleasures conserva- 
tively and expected a young but 
responsible justice to do the 
same. Margot grudgingly ac- 
knowledged this, but her friends 
who frequented the chic play- 
time clinics along the beach at 
Mira Mira considered the so- 
called honey Moon trips back to 
Earth derisively old-fashioned a 
last desperate resort of the aged 
and infirmed. 

And to tell the truth, Clifford 
realized, they were right. He had 
never dared to admit to Margot 
that he too was bored because it 
would have been more than his 
peace of mind was worth, but a 
change might do them good. 

He resolved — next year. 

M ARGOT lay back among the 
cushions on the terrace di- 
van, listening to the flamingo 
trees singing to each other in the 
morning sunlight. Twenty feet 
below, in the high-walled gar- 
den, a tall muscular young man 
was playing with a jet-ball. He 
had a dark olive complexion and 
swarthy good looks, and oil 
gleamed across his bare chest 
and arms. Margot watched with 
malicious amusement his efforts 
to entertain her. This was Tran- 
tino, Margot’s play-boy, who 
chaperoned her during Clifford’s 
long absences at the Probate 
Department. 


PASSPORT TO ETERNITY 


59 


“Hey, Margot! Catch!” He 
gestured with the jet-ball but 
Margot turned away, feeling her 
swim-suit slide pleasantly across 
her smooth tanned skin. The suit 
was made of one of the newer 
bioplastic materials, and its liv- 
ing tissues were still growing, 
softly adapting themselves to 
the contours of her body, repair- 
ing themselves as the fibres be- 
came worn or grimy. Upstairs in 
her wardrobes the gowns and 
dresses purred on their hangars 
like the drowsing inmates of 
some exquisite arboreal zoo. 
Sometimes she thought of com- 
missioning her little Mercurian 
tailor to run up a bioplastic suit 
for Clifford — a specially de- 
signed suit that would begin to 
constrict one night as he stood 
on the terrace, the lapels grow- 
ing tighter and tighter around 
his neck, the sleeves pinning his 
arms to his sides, the waist con- 
tracting to pitch him over — 
“Margot!” Trantino inter- 
rupted her reverie, sailed the 
jet-ball expertly through the air 
towards her. Annoyed, Margot 
caught it with one hand and 
pointed it away, watched it sail 
over the wall and the roofs be- 
yond. 

T RANTINO came up to her. 

“What’s the matter?” he 
asked anxiously. For his part he 
felt his inability to soothe Mar- 
got a reflection on his profession- 


al skill. The privileges of his 
caste had to be guarded, jealous- 
ly. For several centuries . now the 
managerial and technocr-atic elite 
had been so preoccupied with the 
work of government thatt they re- 
lied on the Templars orf Aphro- 
dite not merely to guard their 
wives from any maraudiing suit- 
ors but also to keep them 
amused and contented. By defini- 
tion, of course, their relationship 
was platonic, a pleasarut revival 
of the old chivalrous icHeals, but 
sometimes Trantino rregretted 
that the only tools in hi s armory 
were a handful of pcxems and 
empty romantic gestu res. The 
Guild of which he Was a novitiate 
member was an ancient and hon- 
ored one, and it wouldn’t do if 
Margot began to pine and Mr. 
Gorrell reported him to the Mas- 
ters of the Guild. 

“Why are you always arguing 
with Mr. Gorrell?” Trantino 
asked her. One of thje Guild’s 
axioms was ‘The husbsand is al- 
ways right’. Any discord be- 
tween him and his wif-e was the 
responsibility of the pllay-boy. 

Margot ignored TTrantino’s 
question. “Those treesj are get- 
ting on my nerves,” she com- 
plained fractiously. “Why can’t 
they keep quiet?” 

“They’re mating,” Trantino 
told her. He added thomghtfully: 
“You should sing to Mm. Gorrell.” 

Margot stirred lazi ly as the 
shoulder straps of th«e sun-suit 


60 


AMAZING STORIES 


unclasped themselves behind her 
back. “Tino,” she asked, “what’s 
the most unpleasant thing I 
could do to Mr. Gorrell?” 

“Margot!” Trantino gasped, 
utterly shocked. He decided that 
an appeal to sentiment, a method 
of reconciliation despised by the 
more proficient members of the 
Guild, was his only hope. “Re- 
member, Margot, you will always 
have me.” 

He was about to permit himself 
a melancholy smile when Margot 
sat up abruptly. 

“Don’t look so frightened, you 
fool! I’ve just got an idea that 
should make Mr. Gorrell sing to 
me.” 

She straightened the vanes in 
her hat, waited for the sun-suit 
to clasp itself discreetly around 
her, then pushed Trantino aside 
and stalked off the terrace. 

C LIFFORD was browsing 
among the spools in the li- 
brary, quietly listening to an old 
22nd Century abstract on sys- 
tems of land tenure in the Tri- 
anguli. 

“Hello, Margot, feel better 
now ?” 

Margot smiled at him coyly. 
“Clifford, I’m ashamed of myself. 
Do forgive me.” She bent down 
and nuzzled his ear. “Sometimes 
I’m very selfish. Have you booked 
our tickets yet?” 

Clifford disengaged her arm 
and straightened his collar. “I 


called the agency, but their book- 
ings have been pretty heavy. 
They’ve got a double but no sin- 
gles. We’ll have to wait a few 
days.” 

“No, we won’t,” Margot ex- 
claimed brightly. “Clifford, why 
don’t you and I take the double? 
Then we can really be together, 
forget all that ’ ship-board non- 
sense about never having met be- 
fore.” 

Puzzled, Clifford switched off 
the player. “What do you mean?” 

Margot explained. “Look, Clif- 
ford, I’ve been thinking that I 
ought to spend more time with 
you than I do at present, really 
share your work and hobbies. I’m 
tired of all these play-boys.” She 
drooped languidly against Clif- 
ford, her voice silky and reassur- 
ing. “I want to be with you, Clif- 
ford. Always.” 

Clifford pushed her away. 
“Don’t be silly, Margot,” he said 
with an anxious laugh. “You’re 
being absurd.” 

“No, I’m not. After all, Harold 
Kharkov and his wife haven’t got 
a play-boy and she’s very happy.” 

Maybe she is, Clifford thought, 
beginning to panic. Kharkov had 
once been the powerful and ruth- 
less director of the Department 
of Justice, now was a third-rate 
attorney hopelessly trying to eke 
out a meagre living on the open 
market, dominated by his wife 
and forced to spend virtually 24 
hours a day with her. For a mo- 


PASSPORT TO ETERNITY 


61 


ment Clifford thought of the 
days when he had courted Mar- 
got, of the long dreadful hours 
listening to her inane chatter. 
Trantino’s real role was not to 
chaperone Margot while Clifford 
was away but while he was at 
home. 

‘‘Margot, be sensible,” he 
started to say, but she cut him 
short. “I’ve made up my mind, 
I’m going to tell Trantino to 
pack his suitcase and go back to 
the Guild.” She switched on the 
spool player, selecting the wrong 
speed, smiling ecstatically as the 
reading head grated loudly and 
stripped the coding off the rec- 
ord. “It’s going to be wonderful 
to share everything with you. 
Why don’t we forget about the 
vacation this year?” 

A facial tic from which Clif- 
ford had last suffered at the age 
of ten began to twitch ominously. 

'T'ONY Harcourt, Clifford’s per- 

sonal assistant, came over to 
the Gorrell’s villa immediately 
after lunch. He was a brisk, pol- 
ished young man, barely control- 
ling his annoyance at being 
called back to work on the first 
day of his vacation. He had care- 
fully booked a sleeper next to 
Dolores Costane, the most beau- 
tiful of the Jovian Heresiarch’s 
vestals, on board a leisure-liner 
leaving that afternoon for Venus, 
but instead of enjoying the fruits 
of weeks of blackmail and in- 


trigue he was having to take part 
in what seemed a quite uncharac- 
teristic piece of Gorrell whimsy. 

He listened in growing be- 
wilderment as Clifford explained. 

“We were going to one of our 
usual resorts on Luna, Tony, but 
we’ve decided we need a change. 
Margot wants a vacation that’s 
different. Something new, excit- 
ing, original. So go round all the 
agencies and bring me their sug- 
gestions.” 

“All the agencies?” Tony que- 
ried. “Don’t you mean just the 
registered ones?” 

“All of them,” Margot told him 
smugly, relishing every moment 
of her triumph. 

Clifford nodded, and smiled at 
Margot benignly. 

“But there must be 50 or 60 
agencies organizing vacations*” 
Tony protested. “Only about a 
dozen of them are accredited. 
Outside Empyrean Tours and 
Union-Galactic there’ll be abso- 
lutely nothing suitable for you.” 

“Never mind,” Clifford said 
blandly. “We only want an idea 
of the field. I’m sorry, Tony, but 
I don’t want this all over the De- 
partment and I know you’ll be 
discreet.” 

Tony groaned. “It’ll take me 
weeks.” 

“Three days,” Clifford told 
him. “Margot and I want to leave 
here by the end of the week.” He 
looked longingly over his shoul- 
der for the absent Trantino. “Be- 


62 


AMAZING STORIES 


lieve me, Tony, we really need a 
holiday.” 

F IFTY-SIX travel and vacation 
agencies were listed in the 
Commercial Directory, Tony dis- 
covered when he returned to his 
office in the top floor of the Jus- 
tice building in down-town Ze- 
nith, all but eight of them alien. 
The Department had initiated le- 
gal proceedings against five, 
three had closed down, and eight 
more were fronts for other en- 
terprises. 

That left him with forty to 
visit, spread all over the Upper 
and Lower Cities and in the Colo- 
nial Bazaar, attached to various 
mercantile, l-eligious and para- 
military organizations, some of 
them huge concerns with their 
own police and ecclesiastical 
forces, others sharing a one- 
room office and transceiver with 
a couple of other shoestring 
firms. 

Tony mapped out an itinerary, 
slipped a flask of Five-Anchor 
Neptunian Rum into his hip 
pocket and dialled a helicab. 

The first was arco produc- 
tions INC., a large establish- 
ment occupying three levels and 
a bunker on the fashionable west 
side of the Upper City. Accord- 
ing to the Directory they special- 
ized in hunting and shooting ex- 
peditions. 

The helicab put him down on 
the apron outside the entrance. 


Massive steel columns reached up 
to a reinforced concrete portico, 
and the whole place looked less 
like a travel agency than the last 
redoubt of some interstellar Seig- 
freid. As he went in a smart 
jackbooted guard of janissaries 
in black and silver uniforms 
snapped to attention and pre- 
sented arms. 

Everyone inside the building 
was wearing a uniform, moving 
about busily at standby alert. A 
huge broad-shouldered woman 
with sergeant’s stripes handed 
Tony over to a hard-faced Mar- 
tian colonel. 

I ’M making some inquiries on 
behalf of a wealthy Terran 
and his wife,” Tony explained. 
“They thought they’d do a little 
big-game hunting on their vaca- 
tion this year. I believe you or- 
ganize expeditions.” 

The colonel nodded curtly and 
led Tony over to a broad map- 
table. “Certainly. What exactly 
have they in mind?” 

“Well, nothing really. They 
hoped you’d make some sugges- 
tions.” 

“Of course.” The colonel pulled 
out a memo-tape. “Have they 
their own air and land forces?” 

Tony shook his head. “I’m 
afraid not.” 

“I see. Can you tell me whether 
they will require a single army 
corps, a combined task force 

_ ft 

or — 


PASSPORT TO ETERNITY 


63 


“No," Tony said. “Nothing as 
big as that.” 

“An assault party of brigade 
strength? I understand. Quieter 
and less elaborate. All the fash- 
ion today.” He switched on the 
star-map and spread his hands 
across the glimmering screen of 
stars and nebulae. “Now the 
question of the particular thea- 
tre. At present only three of the 
game reserves have open seasons. 
Firstly the Procyon system ; this 
includes about 20 different races, 
some of them still with only 
atomic technologies. Unfortu- 
nately there’s been a good deal of 
dispute recently about declaring 
Procyon a game reserve, and the 
Resident of Alschain is trying to 
have it admitted to the Pan- 
Galactic Conference. A pity, I 
feel,” the colonel added, reflec- 
tively stroking his steel-grey 
moustache. “Procyon always put 
up a great fight against us and 
an expedition there was invari- 
ably lively.” 

Tony nodded sympathetically. 
“I hadn’t realized they object- 
ed.” 

The colonel glanced at him 
sharply. “Naturally,” he said. He 
cleared his throat. “That leaves 
only the Ketab tribes of Ursa 
Major, who are having their Mil- 
lennial Wars, and the Sudor Mar- 
tines of Orion. They are an en- 
tirely new reserve, and your best 
choice without doubt. The ruling 
dynasty died out recently, and a 


war of succession could be con- 
veniently arranged.” 

T ONY was no longer following 
the colonel, but he smiled in- 
telligently. 

“Now,” the colonel asked, 
“what political or spiritual 
creeds do your friends wish to 
have invoked?” 

Tony frowned. “I don’t think 
they want any. Are they abso- 
lutely necessary?” 

The colonel regarded Tony 
carefully. “No,” he said slowly. 
“It’s a question of taste. A purely 
military operation is perfectly 
feasible. However, we always ad- 
vise our clients to invoke some 
doctrine as a casus belli, not only 
to avoid adverse publicity and 
any feelings of guilt or remorse, 
but to lend color and purpose to 
the campaign. Each of our field 
commanders specializes in a par- 
ticular ideological pogrom, with 
the exception of General Wester- 
ling. Perhaps your friends would 
prefer him?” 

Tony’s ,mind started to work 
again. “Schapiro Westerling? 
The former Director-General of 
Graves Commission?” 

The colonel nodded. “You know 
him?” 

Tony laughed. “Know him? I 
thought I was prosecuting him 
at the current Nova Trials. I can 
see that we’re well behind with 
the times.” He pushed back his 
chair. “To tell the truth I don’t 


64 


AMAZING STORIES 


think you’ve anything suitable 
for my friends. Thanks all the 
same.” 

The colonel stiffened. One of 
his hands moved below the desk 
and a buzzer sounded along the 
wall. 

“However,” Tony added, “I’d 
be grateful if you’d send them 
further details.” 

The colonel sat impassively in 
his chair. Three enormous 
guards appeared at Tony’s elbow, 
idly swinging energy trun- 
cheons. 

“Clifford Gorrell, Stellar Pro- 
bate Division, Department of 
Justice,” Tony said quickly. 

He gave the colonel a brief 
smile and made his way out, 
cursing Clifford and walking 
warily across the thickly-piled 
carpet in case it had been mined. 

T HE next one on his list was 
the A-Z JOLLY JUBILEE COM- 
PANY, alien and unregistered, 
head office somewhere out of Bet- 
elgeuse. According to the Direc- 
tory they specialized in ‘all-in 
cultural parties and guaranteed 
somatic weekends.’ Their prem- 
ises occupied the top two tiers of 
a hanging garden in the Colonial 
Bazaar. They sounded harmless 
enough but Tony was ready for 
them. 

“No,” he said firmly to a lovely 
Antarean wraith-fern who shyly 
raised a frond to him as he 
crossed the terrace. “Not today.” 


Behind the bar a fat. man in 
an asbestos suit was feeding 
sand to a siliconic fire-fish swim- 
ming round in a pressure bra- 
zier. 

“Damn things,” he grumbled, 
wiping the sweat off his chin and 
fiddling aimlessly with the ther- 
mostat. “They gave me a booklet 
when I got it, but it doesn’t say 
anything about it eating a whole 
beach every day.” He spaded in 
another couple of shovels from a 
low dune of sand heaped on the 
floor behind him. “You have to 
keep them at exactly 5750°K. or 
they start getting nervous. Can 
I help you?” 

“I thought there was a vaca- 
tion agency here,” Tony said. 

“Sure. I’ll call the girls for 
you.” He pressed a bell. 

“Wait a minute,” Tony cut in. 
“You advertise something about 
cultural parties. What exactly 
are they?” 

The fat man chuckled. “That 
must be my partner. He’s a pro- 
fessor at Vega Tech. Likes to 
keep the tone up.” He winked at 
Tony. 

Tony sat on one of the stools, 
looking out over the crazy spiral 
roof-tops of the Bazaar. A mile 
away the police patrols circled 
oven the big apartment batteries 
which marked the perimeter of 
the Bazaar, keeping their dis- 
tance. 

A tall slim woman appeared 
from behind the foliage and 


PASSPORT TO ETERNITY 


65 


sauntered across the terrace to 
him. She was a Canopan slave, 
hot-housed out of imported germ, 
a slender green-skinned beauty 
with moth-like fluttering gills. 

The fat man introduced Tony. 
“Lucille, take him up to the ar- 
bour and give him a run 
through.” 

Tony tried to protest but the 
pressure brazier was hissing 
fiercely. The fat man started 
feeding sand in furiously, the 
exhaust flames flaring across the 
terrace. 

Quickly, Tony turned and 
backed up the stairway to the 
arbour. “Lucille,” he reminded 
her firmly, “this is strictly cul- 
tural, remember.” 

H ALF an hour later a dull 
boom reverberated up from 
the terrace. 

"Poor Jumbo,” Lucille said 
sadly as a fine rain of sand came 
down over them. 

“Poor Jumbo,” Tony agreed, 
sitting back and playing with a 
coil of her hair. Like a soft sinu- 
ous snake, it circled around his 
arm, sleek with blue oil. He 
drained the flask of Five-Anchor 
and tossed it lightly over the 
balustrade. “Now tell me more 
about these Canopan prayer- 
beds. . . 

W HEN, after two days, Tony 
reported back to the Gorrells 
he looked hollow-eyed and ex- 

66 


hausted, like a man who had been 
brain-w'ashed by the Wardens. 

“What happened to you?” 
Margot asked anxiously, “we 
thought you’d been going round 
the agencies.” 

“Exactly,” Tony said. He 
slumped down in a sofa and 
tossed a thick folder across to 
Clifford. “Take your pick. You- 
’ve got about 250 schemes there 
in complete detail, but I’ve writ- 
ten out a synopsis which gives 
one or two principal suggestions 
from each agency. Most of them 
are out of the question.” 

Clifford unclipped the snyopsis 
and started to read through it. 

(1) arco productions inc. Un- 
registered. Private subsidi- 
ary of Sagittarius Security 
Police. 

Hunting and shooting. Your 
own w T ar to order. Raiding par- 
ties, revolutions, religious cru- 
sades. In anything from a small 
commando squad to a 3,000-ship 
armada, arco provide publicity, 
mock War Crimes Tribunal, etc. 
Samples : 

(a) Operation Torquemada. 
23-day expedition to Bellatrix IV. 
20-ship assault corps under Ad- 
miral Storm Wengen. Mission: 
liberation of (imaginary) Ter- 
ran hostages. Cost : 300,000 cred- 
its. 

(b) Operation Klingsor 15- 
year crusade against Ursa Ma- 
jor. Combined task foi-ce of 2,500 


AMAZING STORIES 


ships. Mission : recovery of runic 
memory dials stolen from client’s 
shrine. 

Cost: 500 billion credits (arco 
will arrange lend-lease but this 
is dabbling in realpolitik) . 

(2) ARENA FEATURES inc. Unreg- 
istered. Organizers of the 
Pan-Galactic Tournament 
held tri-millennially at the 
Sun Bowl, 2-Heliopolis, 
NGC 3599. 

Every conceivable, game in the 
Cosmos is played at the tourna- 
ment and so formidable is the 
opposition that a winning con- 
testant can virtually choose his 
own apotheosis. The challenge 
round of the Solar Megathlon, 
Group 3 (that is, for any being 
whose function can be described, 
however loosely, as living) in- 
volves Quantum Jumping, 7-di- 
mentional Maze Ball and Psycho- 
kinetic Bridge (pretty tricky 
against a telepathic Ketos 
D’Oma) . The only Terran ever to 
win an event was the redoubtable 
Chippy Yerkes Of Altair 5 The 
Clowns, who introduced the un- 
playable blank Round Dice. Be- 
ing a spectator is as exhausting 
as being a contestant, and you’re 
well advised to substitute. 

Cost: 100,000 credits/day. 

(3) AGENCE GENERALE DE TOUR- 
isme. Registered. Venus. 

Concessionaires for the Colony 
Beatific on Lake Virgo, the Man- 


drake Casino Circuit and the 
Miramar-Trauma Senso-chan- 
nels. Dream-baths, vu-dromes, 
endocrine-galas. Darleen Costel- 
lo is the current Aphrodite and 
Laurence Mandell makes a versa- 
tile Lothario. Plug into these two 
from 30:30 VST. Room and non- 
denominational bath at the Go- 
morrah-Plaza on Mount Venus 
comes to 1,000 credits a day, but 
remember to keep out of the 
Zone. It’s just too erotogenous 
for a Terran. 

(4) terminal tours ltd. Un- 
registered. Earth. 

For those who want to get 
away from it all the Dream of 
Osiris, an astral-rigged, 1,000- 
foot leisure-liner is now fitting 
out for the Grand Tour. Round- 
cosmos cruise, visiting every 
known race and galaxy. 

Cost: Doubles at a flat billion, 
but it’s cheap when you realize 
that the cruise lasts for ever and 
you’ll never be back. 

(5) sleep traders. Unregis- 
tered. 

A somewhat shadowy group 
who handle all dealings on the 
Blue Market, acting as a general 
clearing house and buying and 
selling dreams all through the 
Galaxy. 

Sample: Like to try a really 
new sort of dream? The Set Cor- 
rani Priests of Theta Piscium 
will link you up with the sacred 


PASSPORT TO ETERNITY 


67 


electronic thought-pools in the 
Desert of Kish. These mercury 
lakes are their ancesti-al memory 
banks. Surgery is necessary but 
be careful. Too much cortical 
damage and the archetypes may 
get restive. In return one of the 
Set Corrani (polysexual delta- 
humanoids about the size of a 
walking dragline) will take over 
your cerebral functions for a 
long weekend. All these transac- 
tions are done on an exchange 
basis and sleep traders charge 
nothing for the service. But they 
obviously get a rake-off, and may 
pump advertising into the lower 
medullary centres. Whatever 
they’re selling I wouldn’t advise 
anybody to buy. 

(6) THE AGENCY. Registered. 

M33 in Andromeda. 

The executive authority of the 
consortium of banking trusts 
floating Schedule D, the fourth 
draw of the gigantic PK pyramid 
lottery sweeping all through the 
continuum from Sol III out to 
the island universes. Trance-cells 
everywhere are now recruiting 
dream-readers and ESPercep- 
tionists, and there’s still time to 
buy a ticket. There’s only one 
number on all the tickets — the 
winning one — but don’t think 
that means you’ll get away with 
the kitty. THE agency has just 
launched uniliv, the emergency 
relief fund for victims of Sched- 
ule C who lost their deposits and 


are now committed to paying off 
impossible debts, some monetary, 
some moral (if you’re unlucky in 
the dx-aw you may find yourself 
landed with a guilt complex that 
would make even a Colonus Rex 
look sad.) 

Cost: 1 cx-edit — but with an 
evaluation in the billions if you 
have to forfeit. 

(7) arcturian express. Unreg- 
istered. 

Controls all important track 
events. The l’acing calendar this 
year is a causal and not a tem- 
poral one and seems a little ob- 
scure, but most of the estab- 
lished classics ai'e taking place. 

(a) The Rhinosaur Derby. 
Held this year at Betelgeuse 
Springs under the rules of the 
Federation of Amoi-phs. Fix*st to 
the light horizon. There’s always 
quite a line-up for this one and 
any form of vehicle is allowed — 
rockets, beams, racial migra- 
tions, ES thought patterns — but 
frankly it’s a waste of effort. It’s 
not just that by the time you’re 
out of your own sight you’re usu- 
ally out of your mind as well, but 
the Nils of Rigel, who always en- 
ter a strong team, are capable of 
instantaneous ti'ansmission. 

(b) The Paraplegic Handicap 
Recently instituted by the Pro- 
tists of Lambda Scox-pio. The 
course measures only 0.00015 
mm., but that’s a long way to 
urge an Aldebai-an Toi'pid. They 


68 


AMAZING STORIES 


are giant viruses embedded in 
bauxite mountains, and by vary- 
ing their pressure differentials 
it’s sometimes possible to tickle 
them into a little life. K 2 on 
Regulus IX is holding the big 
bets, but even so the race is esti- 
mated to take about 50,000 years 
to run. 

(8) NEW FUTURES INC. Unregis- 
tered. 

Tired of the same dull round? 
NEW FUTURES will take you right 
out of this world. In the island 
universes the continuum is ex- 
tra-dimensional, and the time 
channels are controlled by rival 
cartels. The element of chance 
apparently plays the time role, 
and it’s all even more confused 
by the fact that you may be mov- 
ing around in someone else’s 
extrapolation. 

In the tourist translation man- 
ual 185 basic tenses are given, 
and of these 125 are future con- 
ditional. No verb conjugates in 
the present tense, and you can 
invent and copyright your own 
irregulars. This may explain why 
I got the impression at the bu- 
reau that they were only half 
there. 

Cost: simultaneously 3, 270 
and 2,000,000 credits. They re- 
fuse to quibble. 

(9) seven sirens. Registered. 
Venus. 

A subsidiary of the fashion 


trust controlling senso-channel 
Astral Eve. 

Ladies, like to win your own 
beauty contest? Twenty-five of 
the most beautiful creatures in 
the Galaxy are waiting to pit 
their charms against yours, but 
however divine they may be — 
and two or three of them, such 
as the Flamen Zilla QuelQueen 
(75-9-25) and the Orthodox 
Virgin of Altair (76-953-?) cer- 
tainly will be — they’ll stand no 
chance against you. Your speci- 
fications will be defined as the 
ideal ones. 

(10) GENERAL ENTERPRISES INC. 

Registered. 

Specialists in culture cycles, 
world struggles, ethnic trends. 
Organize vacations as a sideline. 
A vast undertaking for whom ul- 
timately we all work. Their next 
venture, epoch-making by all ac- 
counts, is starting now, and ev- 
erybody will be coming along. I 
was politely but firmly informed 
that it was no use worrying 
about the cost. When I asked — 

B EFORE Clifford could finish 
one of the houseboys came up 
to him. 

“Priority Call for you, sir.” 
Clifford handed the synopsis to 
Margot. “Tell me if you find any- 
thing. It looks to me as if we’ve 
been wasting Tony’s time.” 

He left them and went through 
to his study. 


PASSPORT TO ETERNITY 


69 


“Ah, Gorrell, there you are.” 
It was Thormvall Harrison, the 
attorney who had taken over 
Clifford’s office. “Who the hell 
are all these people trailing in to 
see you night and day? The place 
looks like Colonial Night at the 
Arena Circus. I can’t get rid of 
them.” 

“Which people?” Clifford 
asked. “What do they want ?” 

“You, apparently,” Thornwall 
told him. “Most of them thought 
I was you. They’ve been trying 
to sell me all sorts of crazy vaca- 
tion schemes. I said you’d al- 
ready gone on your vacation and 
I myself never took one. Then 
one of them pulled a hypodermic 
on me. There’s even an Anti- 
Cartel agent sleuthing around, 
wants to see you about block 
bookings. Thinks you’re a racke- 
teer.” 

B ACK in the lounge Margot 
and Tony were looking out 
through the terrace windows in- 
to the boulevard which ran from 
the Gorrell’s villa to the level be- 
low. 

A long column of vehicles had 
pulled up under the trees : trucks, 
half-tracks, huge Telesenso stu- 
dio location vans and several 
sleek white ambulances. The 
drivers and crew-men were 
standing about in little groups in 
the shadows, quietly watching 
the villa. Two or three radar 
scanners on the vans were rotat- 


ing, and as Clifford looked down 
a convoy of trucks drove up and 
joined the tail of the column. 

“Looks like there’s going to be 
quite a party,” Tony said. “'What 
are they waiting for ?” 

“Perhaps they’ve come for 
us?” Margot suggested excited- 
ly- 

“They’re wasting their time if 
they have,” Clifford told her. He 
swung round on Tony. “Did you 
give our names to any of the 
agencies ?” 

Tony hesitated, then nodded. 
“I couldn’t help it. Some of those 
outfits wouldn’t take no for an 
answer.” 

Clifford clamped his lips and 
picked the synopsis off the floor. 
“Well, Margot, have you decided 
where you want to go?” 

Margot fiddled with the synop- 
sis. “There are so many to choose 
from.” 

Tony started for the door. 
“Well, I’ll leave you to it.” He 
waved a hand at them. “Have 
fun.” 

“Hold on,” Clifford told him. 
“Margot hasn’t made up her 
mind yet.” 

“What’s the hurry?” Tony 
asked. He indicated the line of 
vehicles outside, their crews now 
climbing into their driving cabs 
and turrets. “Take your time. You 
may bite off more than you can 
chew.” 

“Exactly. So as soon as Mar- 
got decides where we’re going 


70 


AMAZING STORIES 


you can make the final arrange- 
ments for us and get rid of that 
menagerie.” 

“But Clifford, give me a 
chance.” 

“Sorry. Now Margot, hurry 
up.” 

M ARGOT flipped through the 
synopsis, screwing up her 
mouth. “It’s so difficult, Clifford, 
I don’t really like any of these. I 
still think the best agency was 
the little one I found in the Ba- 
zaar. 

“No,” Tony groaned, sinking 
down on a sofa. “Margot, please, 
after all the trouble I’ve gone to.” 

“Yes, definitely that one. The 
dream bureau. What was it 
called — ” 

Before she could finish there 
was a roar of engines starting 
up in the boulevard. Startled, 
Clifford saw the column of cars 
and trucks churn across the 
gravel towards the villa. Music, 
throbbing heavily, came down 
from the room above, and a sick 
musky odor seeped through the 
air. 

Tony pulled himself off the 
sofa. “They must have had this 
place wired,” he said quickly. 
“You’d better call the police. Be- 
lieve me, some of these people 
don’t waste time arguing.” 

Outside three helmetted men 
in brown uniforms ran past the 
terrace, unwinding a coil of fuse 
wire. The sharp hissing sound 


of para-rays sucked through the 
air from the drive. 

Margot hid back in her slumber 
seat. “Trantino!” she wailed. 

Clifford went back into his 
study. He switched the trans- 
ceiver to the emergency channel. 

Instead of the police signal a 
thin automatic voice beeped 
through. “Remain seated, remain 
seated. Take-off in zero two min- 
utes, Purser’s office on G Deck 
now — ■” 

Clifford switched to another 
channel. There was a blare of 
studio applause and a loud unc- 
tuous voice called out: 

“And now over to brilliant 
young Clifford Gorrell and his 
charming wife Margot about to 
enter their dream-pool at the 
fabulous Riviera-Neptune. Are 
you there, Cliff?” 

Angrily, Clifford turned to a 
third. Static and morse chat- 
tered, and then someone rapped 
out in a hard iron tone: “Colonel 
Sapt is dug in behind the swim- 
ming pool. Enfilade along the 
garage . roof — ” 

Clifford gave up. He went back 
to the lounge. The music was 
deafening. Margot was prostrate 
in her slumber-seat, Tony down 
on the floor by the window, 
watching a pitched battle raging 
in the drive. Heavy black palls of 
smoke drifted across the terrace, 
and two tanks with stylized arch- 
ers emblazoned on their turrets 
were moving up past the burning 


PASSPORT TO ETERNITY 


71 


wrecks of the studio location 
vans. 

“They must be Arco’s!” Tony 
shouted. “The police will look 
after them, but wait until the 
extra-sensory gang take over!” 

C KOUCHING behind a low 
stone parapet running off 
the terrace was a group of wait- 
ers in dishevelled evening dress, 
lab technicians in scorched white 
overalls and musicians clutching 
their instrument cases. A bolt of 
flame from one of the tanks flick- 
ered over their heads and 
crashed into the grove of flamin- 
go trees, sending up a shower of 
sparks and broken notes. 

Clifford pulled Tony to his 
feet. “Come on, we’ve got to get 
out of here. “We’ll try the library 
windows into the garden. You’d 
better take Margot.” 

Her yellow beach robe had ap- 
parently died of shock, and was 
beginning to blacken like a dried- 
out banana skin. Discreetly 
averting his eyes, Tony picked 
her up and followed Clifford out 
into the hall. 

Three croupiers in gold uni- 
forms were arguing hotly with 
two men in white surgeons coats. 
Behind them a couple of mechan- 
ics were struggling a huge vibro- 
bath up the stairs. 

The foreman came over to 
Clifford. “Gorrell?” he asked, con- 
sulting an invoice. “Trans- 
Ocean.” He jerked a thumb at 


the bath. “Where do you want 
it?” 

A surgeon elbowed him aside. 
“Mr. Gorrell?” he asked suavely. 
“We are from Cerebro-Tonic 
Travel. Please allow me to give 
you a sedative. All this noise — ” 

Clifford pushed past him and 
started to walk down the corri- 
dor to the library, but the floor 
began to slide and weave. 

He stopped and looked around 
unsteadily. 

Tony was down on his knees, 
Margot flopped out of his arms 
across the floor. 

Someone swayed up to Clifford 
and held out a tray. 

On it were three tickets. 

Around him the walls whirled. 

H E woke in his bedroom, lying 
comfortably on his back, 
gently breathing a cool amber 
air. The noise had died away, but 
he could still hear a vortex of 
sound spinning violently in the 
back of his mind. It spiralled 
away, vanished, and he moved 
his head and looked around. 

Margot was lying asleep be- 
side him, and for a moment he 
thought that the attack on the 
house had been a dream. Then he 
noticed the skull-plate clamped 
over his head, and the cables 
leading off from a boom to a 
large console at the foot of the 
bed. Massive spools loaded with 
magnetic tape waited in the pro- 
jector ready to be played. 


72 


AMAZING STORIES 


The real nightmare was still to 
come! He struggled to get up, 
found himself clamped in a twi- 
light sleep, unable to move more 
than a few centimetres. 

He lay there powerlessly for 
ten minutes, tongue clogging his 
mouth like a wad of cotton-wool 
when he tried to shout. Eventu- 
ally a small neatly featured alien 
in a pink silk suit opened the 
door and padded quietly over to 
them. He peered down at their 
faces and then turned a couple 
of knobs on the console. 

Clifford’s consciousness began 
to clear. Beside him Margot 
stirred and woke. 

The alien beamed down pleas- 
antly. “Good evening,” he greet- 
ed them in a smooth creamy 
voice- “Please allow me to apolo- 
gize for any discomfort you have 
suffered. However, the first day 
of a vacation is often a little con- 
fused.” 

Margot sat up. “I remember 
you. You’re from the little bu- 
reau in the Bazaar.” She jumped 
round happily. “Clifford!” 

The alien bowed. “Of course, 
Mrs. Gorrell. I am Dr. Terence 
Sotal-2 Burlington, Professor — 
Emeritus,” he added to himself 
as an afterthought, “ — of Ap- 
plied Drama at the University of 
Alpha Leporis, and the director 
of the play you and your husband 
are to perform during your vaca- 
tion.” 

Clifford cut in: “Would you 


release me from this machine 
immediately? And then get out 
of my house! I’ve had — ■” 
“Clifford!” Margot snapped. 
“What’s the matter with you?” 

Clifford dragged at the skull 
plate and Dr. Burlington quietly 
moved a control on the console. 
Part of Clifford’s brain clouded 
and he sank back helplessly. 

“Everything is all right, Mr. 
Gorrell,” Dr. Burlington said. 

“Clifford,” Margot warned 
him. “Remember your promise.” 
She smiled at Dr. Burlington. 
“Don’t pay any attention to him, 
Doctor. Please go on.” 

“Thank you, Mrs. Gorrell.” 
Dr. Burlington bowed again, as 
Clifford lay half-asleep, groan- 
ing impotently. 

'T'HE play we have designed for 
you,” Dr. Burlington ex- 
plained, “is an adaptation of a 
classic masterpiece in the Di- 
phenyl 2-4-6 Cyclopropane canon, 
and though based on the oldest 
of human situations, is nonethe- 
less fascinating. It was recently 
declared 'the outright winner at 
the Mira Nuptial Contest, and 
will always have a proud place 
in the private repertoires. To 
you, I believe, it is known as ‘The 
Taming of the Shrew.’ ” 
Margot giggled and then looked 
surprised. Dr. Burlington smiled 
urbanely. “However, allow me to 
show you the script.” He excused 
himself and slipped out. 


PASSPORT TO ETERNITY 


73 


Margot fretted anxiously, 
while Clifford pulled weakly at 
the skull-plate. 

“Clifford, I’m not sure that I 
like this altogether. And Dr. 
Burlington does seem rather 
strange. But I suppose it’s only 
for three weeks.” 

Just then the door opened and 
a stout bearded figure, erect in 
a stiff blue uniform, white yacht- 
ing cap jauntily on his head, 
stepped in. 

“Good evening, Mrs. Gorrell.” 
He saluted Margot smartly, 
“Captain Linstrom.” He looked 
down at Clifford. “Good to have 
you aboard, six’.” 

“Aboard?” Cliffoi’d repeated 
weakly. He looked around at the 
familiar furniture in the l-oom, 
the cui’tains drawn neatly over 
the windows. “What are you rav- 
ing about? Get out of my house!” 

The Captain chuckled. “Your 
husband has a sense of humor, 
Mrs. Gorrell. A useful asset on 
these long ti’ips. Your friend Mr. 
Hai’court in the next cabin seems 
sadly lacking in one.” 

“Tony?” Margot exclaimed. 
“Is he still here?” 


Captain Linstrom laughed. “1 
quite understand you. He seems 
very worried, quite over-eager to 
return to Mars. We shall be 
passing there one day, of course, 
though not I fear for some time. 
However, time is no longer a 
consideration to you. I believe 
you are to spend the entire voy- 
age in sleep. But a vei’y pleasant- 
ly colored sleep nonetheless.” He 
smiled l-oguishly at Margot. 

As he l’eached the door Clifford 
managed to gasp out: “Where 
ai-e we? For heaven’s sake, call 
the police!” 

Captain Linstrom paused in 
sui-prise. “But surely you know, 
Mr. Gori-ell?” He strode to the 
window and flung back the cur- 
tains. In place of the large 
square casement were three 
small portholes. Outside a blaze 
of incandescent light flashed by, 
a rush of stai’s and nebulae. 

Captain Linstrom gestured 
theatrically. “This is the Dream 
of Osiris, under charter to Ter- 
minal Tours, thi-ee hours out 
from Zenith City on the non-stop 
run. May . I wish you sweet 
dreams!” the end 


( Continued from page 6) 

et Society. He is the author of The Milky Way Galaxy, a non-technical 
description of l-ecent developments in asti-ophysics ; and of many ar- 
ticles in the fields of l-ocketry, astronomy, astronautics, magneto- 
hydrodynamics, and — extra-terrestrial life. 

If any of you feel inclined to ai’gue with Bova about the conclu- 
sions he comes to in this pi-esent seines, you might be better advised 
to do so in our lettei’cols than in person: Ben is a top-flight fencer. 


74 


AMAZING STORIES 


FACT 


EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL LIFE: 

An Astronomer's Theory 

By BEN BOVA 


The readers of science fiction live in two worlds. On the one hand we 
accept with a willing suspension of disbelief the existence of a multitude of 
life-forms in the Universe. On the other — that is, when we have finished 
reading science fiction — we wonder whether there is life anywhere else 
hut on this planet. 

The editors of amazing have asked expert Ben Bova to explore the 
subject of extra-terrestrial life so that all of us can consider it intelligently 
as well as emotionally. Mr. Bova writes, in this first article of a series of 
four, about the nature of life on Earth. His subsequent articles will discuss 
the scientific possibilities of life on other planets ; the inevitability of life 
in the Solar System ; and the probabilities of life elsewhere in the Universe. 


T HE well-endowed blonde reg- 
isters stark terror, screams 
and tries to get away. Towering 
over her, the Giant Lobster quiv- 
ers his antennas menacingly. His 
malevolent claws reach out for 
the blonde. She shrieks again 
and runs, only to stumble and 
fall. The Giant Lobster rips off 
most of her clothing with one 
monstrous claw, and with the 
other . . . 

That’s the way Hollywood 
views extraterrestrial life. Just 
like home, only bigger. But the 
thing that makes science fiction 
(and science fact) interesting is 


that it must be internally con- 
sistent. To blow up a two-pound 
lobster into a monster weighing 
several tons sounds like a shaky 
business, at best. 

But let’s not just sit back and 
criticize. Why not build a giant 
lobster? Exploring this should 
help' us to see the problems con- 
nected with envisioning life on 
other worlds. To make certain 
that our exercise is meaningful, 
and not merely wasted rainbow- 
chasing, we’ll be guided always 
by the known laws of physics, 
chemistry, biology, and astron- 
omy. 


75 


F IRST, comes the matter of 
size. Arbitrarily, we’ll take a 
two-pound lobster and multiply 
his size by a factor of 25. Since 
weight depends on volume, and 
volume varies with the cube of 
size, our giant weighs 2 X 25 3 = 
30,000 pounds — 15 tons. That 
should be big enough to frighten 
any blonde in Hollywood. Just to 
be nasty, we’ll have our extra-ter- 
restrial crustacean breathe fluor- 
ine. This means he’ll have to car- 


is a molecule called deoxyribonu- 
cleic acid (DNA). All life on 
Earth, from algae to whales, is 
based on DNA. The most funda- 
mental part of a living cell, the 
genes, are DNA. The smallest 
living creatures, the viruses, ai - e 
little more than single molecules 
of DNA. 

You probably know that ani- 
mal bodies- — our own included— 
are built of proteins. Various 
types of proteins also regulate all 


CH, 

-ch 2 -c = ch-ch 2 



CH 3 

ch 2 -c=ch-ch 2 - 


Part of an organic carbon-chain molecule (gutta percha, a rubber-like substance). The 
shaded area shows a single isoprene unit. These units link together to form the long-chain 
molecule. Note that each carbon atom has four valence "links," and combines either with 
hydrogen atoms or other carbons in variations that always total four. 


ry some sort of breathing appar- 
atus, because our air would be 
poisonous to him. We can hardly 
expect a 15-ton fluorine-breath- 
ing lobster to have a body chem- 
istry remotely similar to our own. 
Or can we? 

Just what is this thing called 
life on Earth? What’s the differ- 
ence between a living lump of 
protoplasm and a non-living heap 
of chemicals? What are the es- 
sential requirements of life? 
And, most important, how did 
life get started here in the first 
place? The chemical basis of life 


our bodily chemical processes; in 
this role they’re known as en- 
zymes. Proteins are composed of 
many different combinations of 
amino acids. The DNA molecule, 
with the aid of ribonucleic acid 
(RNA), can “manufacture” ami- 
no acid and proteins. DNA can 
reproduce itself from simpler 
surrounding material. This is the 
fundamental of life. Auto-repro- 
duction. The ability to make sim- 
pler chemicals and build them 
into a DNA molecule. No other 
atom or molecule can do this. No 
other atom or molecule is alive. 


76 


AMAZING STORIES 



77 



<■ 


Autoreproduction of DNA mole- 
cule: 

(A) shows a complete DNA 
molecule, consisting of a double 
spiral with interconnecting bridges. 

In (B) the two spirals have sep- 
arated by splitting the bridges in 
half. Each half bridge wili connect 
only with materials similar to 
those it was connected to in the 
original moiecule. Thus two mole- 
cules exactly the same as (A) are 
produced. The total mass of one 
entire DNA molecule is equivalent 
to six million hydrogen atoms! 


W HAT’S so different about the 
DNA molecule? First, it’s 
the giant of the molecular world. 
Inorganic molecules may contain 
a half-dozen or so atoms. Organ- 
ic molecules (rubber, for in- 
stance) are composed of thou- 
sands of atoms, arranged in a 
long, carbon-based chain. But the 
DNA molecule dwarfs them all. 
It is composed of literally mil- 
lions of atoms, arranged in a 
complex double-coiled structure. 
Like the oi'ganic (but un-alive) 
molecules, DNA is based on car- 
bon chains — that marvelous abil- 
ity of carbon atoms to link up 
into long, complex structures. In 
DNA, atoms of oxygen, nitro- 
gen, hydrogen and many other 
elements combine with carbon. 


DNA is built on a double-heli- 
cal pattern : like two spiral stair- 
cases intertwining, with con- 
necting spans bridging between 
them. When DNA reproduces, the 
two spirals separate; the inter- 
connecting bridges break in half. 
The open ends of each half-bridge 
are an open invitation to nearby 
chemicals fo join up. But the 
bridges will only accept very 
specific partners; they will con- 
nect only with the exact type of 
molecular structure that they 
were linked to in the original 
molecule! Thus each half -bridge 
seeks out a partner exactly like 
the one it originally had. These 
new partners, in turn, are forced 
to link together as they join the 
DNA half-molecule. When the in- 


78 


AMAZING STORIES 


terconnections are completed, 
each half of the original DNA 
molecule has reproduced its 
“missing” half. There are two 
double-helix DNA molecules, 
ready for business. 

The question now arises : 
Where did DNA come from? We 
have seen that anything less than 
DNA cannot auto-reproduce. A 
single DNA molecule can, in 
theory, explain the origin of all 
the life on Eai'th. But we must 
be able to explain the origin of 
that first DNA molecule, or else 
all we can say about life on 
Earth — or elsewhere — is that it 
arose “somehow.” We must view 
Earth as it existed 2.5 billion 
years ago . . . just before life 
began. 

r PHE planet had a solid crust 
A and large oceans. But the 
land was barren rock, lifeless, a 
bleak gray landscape racked by 
wind and rain, without a hint of 
color. The atmosphere of the 
young Earth was ammonia, me- 
thane and carbon dioxide: pois- 
onous to us. Only the friendly sea 
would we recognize, and even that 
was not exactly the same. The 
oceans were less salty then, since 
2.5 billions years of constant ero- 
sion of the lands by rain and 
wind have added considerable 
salt to our modern seas. But, 
then as now, the oceans were the 
predominant feature of the ter- 
restrial scene. The oceans con- 


tained a great number of dis- 
solved chemicals in their waters. 
There were ions of sodium chlor- 
ide, potassium, calcium, magne- 
sium and several other minerals, 
plus considerable amounts of 
ammonia, carbon dioxide and 
other gasses dissolved from the 
atmosphere. 

That list of ingredients excites 
the biochemist. It is almost ex- 
actly the same combination of 
chemicals contained in living 
cells. In human cells. Our bodies 
today carry replicas of the an- 
cient seas of Earth. Thus, while 
the oceans of 2.5 billion years 
ago contained no living creature, 
they did hold all the necessary 
ingredients. What happened 
seems obvious. The chemicals in 
the oceans arranged themselves 
in such a way that they formed 
a DNA molecule. 

Of course, DNA is a fantasti- 
cally complex molecule, but in 
2.5 billion years, the simple laws 
of statistics should be enough to 
explain the foi-mation of at least 
one DNA. Shouldn’t they? 

N O. It’s not that easy. DNA is 
composed of millions of 
atoms. If the atoms are connected 
at random, only according to 
the laws of statistics, the chances 
of reaching the exact combina- 
tion of DNA (so my mathemati- 
cally-inclined friends tell me) 
are lO 5000 ’ 000 to 1! That’s a 1 
with five million zei'oes behind 


EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL LIFE 


79 


it! If you could write nine zeros 
per second, it would take 24 hours 
to write down that number. There 
hasn’t been enough time yet in 
the whole universe to expect the 
proper combination to arise by 
blind chance. Well, then, perhaps 
it was an accident, a lucky throw 
of the dice that gave us a DNA 
molecule long before the laws of 
statistics would otherwise have 
permitted it. It’s a tempting 
speculation. But if we agree that 
life on Earth is a fortunate 
freak occurence, what are the 
chances of life elsewhere? How 
many such freak occurences can 
we expect in one Solar System? 
Or even in one galaxy? 

But look again. Remember how 
the DNA helix splits and forms 
two new molecules of itself from 
simpler surrounding chemicals? 
Those DNA half-bridges don’t 
combine “at random”. They’re 
very specific about their part- 
ners. To some extent, all atoms 
are choosy about how they com- 
bine. (Anyone who has suffered 
through memorizing valences in 
high-school chemistry should see 
this point with painful clarity.) 
We can picture, then, a period of 
“chemical evolution” in the prim- 
eval seas that preceded the ad- 
vent of the first living molecule. 
Over countless millenia, atoms 
combined to form constantly- 
larger, constantly-more complex 
combinations. Gradually, long- 
chain carbon molecules arose. 


Then the ring structures that 
biochemists call porphyrins, pur- 
ines and pyrimidines. The seas 
were becoming what has been de- 
scribed as an “organic soup.” 
Amino acids were formed, and 
then proteins. Finally the nucleic 
acids — DNA and RNA — ap- 
peared. The inevitable happened. 
A DNA molecule met and joined 
a protein, forming the first nu- 
cleo-protein molecule. From then 
on, DNA could reproduce nucleo- 
proteins. Life began on planet 
Earth. Chemical evolution gave 
way to biological evolution. 

All that was needed to produce 
this chain of events was time and 
energy. Time there was in plenty. 
And the energy that impelled 
these once-inert chemicals to 
combine continuously was also 
plentiful. There was radioactiv- 
ity from the Earth’s mantle, 
stronger then than now. There 
was lightning lashing down on 
the seas from the ammonia, me- 
thane, carbon dioxide atmos- 
phere. And, most important of all, 
there was strong ultraviolet light 
of the Sun, unfiltered by Earth’s 
primitive atmosphere. The rest is 
history. Or rather, paleontology. 
The first living creatures no 
doubt derived their energy from 
the not-yet-living chemical that 
abounded in the “organic soup.” 
This supply soon dwindled to the 
vanishing point. But life passed 
its first crisis successfully. 
Chlorophyll, a porphyrin mole- 


80 


AMAZING STORIES 


cule, was made use of. Living 
creatures learned to manufacture 
their own food from inert chem- 
icals and sunlight. Thus, “ani- 
mals” — creatures that cannot 
make their own food — actually 
pre-date the first plant life. 

C HLOROPHYLLIC plants in 
the sea changed the face of 
our whole planet. They breathed 
in carbon dioxide and exhaled 
oxygen, which went into the at- 
mosphere. The oxygen converted 
the existing ammonia/methane 
combination into our familiar 
nitrogen/oxygen air. Ammonia 
and oxygen combined to form 
water and free nitrogen : 

4 NIL + 30, 6 H,.0 + 2N, 

Methane and oxygen reacted 
to make carbon dioxide and wa- 
ter : The water joined the oceans, 
CH, + 20, CO, + 2H,0 
the plants breathed the carbon 
dioxide, and more and more oxy- 
gen was poured into the atmos- 
phere to join the newly-freed 
nitrogen. Finally, our type of 
animal life appeared to consume 
oxygen and produce carbon di- 
oxide. Thus the chain of life be- 
came a full cycle: plant and ani- 
mal formed an atmospheric sym- 
biosis. 

All this presents a pretty pic- 
ture indeed. But a theory is still 
only so much hopeful guessing 
until it’s verified — in whole or 
part — by experiment. This theo- 
ry has been partially verified. In 


1952, at the University of Chi- 
cago, biochemist Sidney Miller 
mixed some of the chemicals of 
the primeval sea (water, am- 
monia, methane, etc.) and passed 
them through an electrical dis- 
charge that stimulated the ultra- 
violet radiation of the Sun. He 
obtained two simple types of 
amino acids, plus indications of 
at least two more complicated 
ones. Thus there seems to be no 
good reason why we can’t theo- 
rize that life arose on Earth from 
the “chemical evolution” of 2.5 
billion years ago. Furthermore, 
if we can find Earth-like condi- 
tions anywhere else in the uni- 
verse, we can postulate the exist- 
ence of life there. 

B UT most of the universe is 
decidedly wi-like Earth. 
What about life under non-ter- 
restrial conditions? In particu- 
lar, what about our giant lob- 
ster, whom we left hanging over 
the helpless blonde? We can use 
our knowledge of life on Earth 
and expand it in an effort to find 
the universal requirements for 
life . . . the requirements that 
hold true no matter what envi- 
ronment we care to discuss. 

1 — Life needs a building block. 
On Earth this is carbon, which 
has the vital ability to link up in 
chains and coils and permit the 
construction of complex mole- 
cules. Other elements will do this : 
silicon can form chains; under 


EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL LIFE 


81 


extreme conditions, phosphorus, 
boron, and germanium will all 
make chains. But of them all, 
carbon is the most active chemi- 
cally. Our giant lobster, there- 
fore, will be based on carbon- 
chain molecules. 

2 — Life requires a solvent — 
some medium in which all the 
necessary ingredients can be 
brought together, and in which 
chemical reactions can proceed. 
Earth’s solvent is water — liquid 
water. Under un-Earthly condi- 
tions we might expect to find li- 
quid ammonia or methane, even 
liquid hydrogen sulfide or car- 
bon disulfide as passable sol- 
vents. For our fluorine-breathing 
lobster, we can imagine hydro- 
gen fluoride for a solvent. That 
is, we’ll simply replace the oxy- 
gen in water and substitute 
fluorine. 

3 — Life needs some form of en- 
ergy-exchange reaction, and a 
healthy supply of the reacting 
substance. We Earthlings use a 
heat-producing biochemical re- 
action involving hydrogen and 
oxygen. This works nicely on a 
planet practically brimful of li- 
quid water. But if we go much 
beyond Earth, water becomes 
either nonexistent or frozen, and 
different energy-exchange proc- 
esses must be found. You can 
probably guess that our giant 
lobster’s energy reaction will be 
a hyd rogen-fluorine system, since 
we’ve already substituted hydro- 

82 


gen fluoride for water. This is a 
dandy reaction, as far as energy 
is concerned, but it does pose 
certain problems. (Incidentally, 
instead of fluorine, we might 
have substituted for oxygen just 
as easily with chlorine, bromine 
or even sulfur. We would have 
to juggle the temperature of the 
lobster’s home planet. Sulfur, for 
instance, won’t become gaseous 
even at the 700° F temperature 
of Mercury’s hot side; but we 
could imagine a hydrogen sulfide 
atmosphere at that temperature, 
and seas of liquid sulfur — a cozy 
warm planet indeed!) 

The main drawback of these 
elements is that they simply 
don’t produce much energy. Life 
is a strenuous business, and de- 
mands a lot of energy. But the 
hydrogen-chlorine reaction yields 
only one-third of the energy of 
the hydrogen-oxygen system. 
Bromine gives one-eighth and 
sulfur a scant one-tenth. Energy- 
poor reactions ! But when hydro- 
gen and fluorine get together, the 
reaction yields 1.5 times the en- 
ergy of the hydrogen-oxygen sys- 
tem. More than enough to sus- 
tain any lobster, giant or other- 
wise. 

H OWEVER, there’s a catch. 
Two of them, in fact. 

First, none of these elements 
is very abundant, whereas oxy- 
gen is plentiful in the universe 
(as are hydrogen, carbon and 

AMAZING STORIES 


nitrogen). For instance, for ev- 
ery 43 sulfur atoms in the uni- 
verse, there are 1400 oxygen 
atoms (and 3.5 million hydrogen 
atoms). For every one atom of 
fluorine, there are 1400 oxygen 
atoms. This makes the chances of 
a fluorine-breather somewhat 
scanty. But not impossible. On 
the other hand, it improves our 
chances of someday meeting a 
fellow oxygen-breather. 

The second catch involves the 
energy ratio of the hydrogen- 
fluorine system. While this re- 
action yields a nice helping of 
energy, it also requires a lot of 
energy to break up hydrogen 
fluoride into its two constituent 
elements. On Earth, chlorophyl- 
lic plants use the red light of the 
Sun to break water into hydro- 
gen and oxygen. That’s the start- 
ing point of our type of life. But 
red light isn’t energetic enough 
to split hydrogen fluoride. Ultra- 
violet light is needed. If we 
towed the lobster’s planet close 
enough to a Sun-like star to get 
the necessary dosage of UV, the 
temperature of the planet would 
go up high enough to boil away 
the fluorine atmosphere. (A fluo- 
rine atmosphere would require a 
planetary temperature range 
somewhat cooler than Mars’ yet 
warmer than Jupiter’s.) 

Our only alternative is to find 
a star that emits much more UV 
than Sol does. There are many 
such stars: blue giants like Bi- 


gel, Spica, Regulus and Acher- 
nar. We can place a planet far 
enough from, say, Regulus to re- 
main cool enough to retain ^ts 
fluorine atmosphere and still ex- 
pect it to receive a strong dose 
of UV. But — damnation ! — a 
fluorine atmosphere would prob- 
ably screen out almost all the 
ultraviolet light it receives. Very 
little would reach the planet’s 
surface. Let’s be bold, though, 
and assume that the surface re- 
ceives enough UV to allow some 
sort of plant life to split the hy- 
drogen fluoride for us — or, rath- 
er, for our lobster friends. 

T HE planet itself, we’ve seen, 
would be cooler than Mars yet 
warmer than Jupiter: a temper- 
ature averaging about — 50 °F. 
Its comparatively low tempera- 
ture indicates that it could be a 
fairly large planet, approaching 
the size of Jupiter (we’ll see 
why later on). Also, it would 
have to be rather large to con- 
tain a goodly amount of an ele- 
ment as' rare as fluorine. So we 
can picture a planet approximate- 
ly the size of Neptune. Its sur- 
face gravity would be about 1.25 
Earth’s, so our 15-ton lobster 
would weigh 18.75 tons at home. 

Would he really look like a 
lobster? Could eight spidery legs 
hold him up? Would a thin ex- 
ternal skeleton keep his body 
from being squashed flat by its 
own weight? The answers are 


EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL LIFE 


83 


Element 

Universe 

Earth 

Crust 

H (Hydrogen) 

3.5 x 10 8 


1,400 

He (Helium) 

1.4 x 10 7 



C (Carbon) 

38,000 


27 

N (Nitrogen) 

83,000 


3 

O (Oxygen) 

140,000 

38,000 

29,500 

Ne (Neon) 

160,000 



Na (Sodium) 

490 

130 

1,250 

Mg (Magnesium) 

11,000 

1 5,000 

870-8 

Al (Aluminum) 

870 

350 

3,050 

Si (Silicon) 

10,000 

10,000 

10,000 

S (Sulfur) 

4,300 

1,800 


K (Potassium) 

66 

40 

670 

Ca (Calcium) 

690 

330 

920 

Ti (Titanium) 

26 

18 

133 

Fe (Iron) 

5,400 

13,500 

910 

Ni (Nickel) 

380 

1,000 



The abundances of the elements in the universe at large, in the Earth as a 
whole, and in the Earth's crust. The number of silicon atoms is arbitrarily 
set at 10,000 in all cases, and the values for the other elements computed 
accordingly. Note that the universe is almost entirely hydrogen and 
helium, with all the other elements forming a small percentage of "im- 
purity;" while the Earth is mostly "impurity." (After Brian Mason) 


no, no, and no. Weight, you re- 
member, increases with the cube 
of size. The strength of a sup- 
porting structure (legs or skele- 
ton) depends on its cross-section, 
and therefore increases only with 
the square of size. The lobster’s 
supporting structures must grow 
faster and bigger than his over- 
all size. His thin exoskeleton 
would have to take on the thick- 
ness of a bunker wall. More than 
likely, he’d forego a shell com- 
pletely and develop an internal 
skeleton. It works better, par- 
ticularly with large sizes. His 


legs would have to grow to the 
thickness of a man’s torso. And 
eight of them would probably 
just get in each other’s way; 
four would be easier to manage, 
perhaps two would be best of all. 
The same applies for his claws. 
Enlarging them by a factor of 25 
would make them impossibly 
clumsy to wield ; our giant would 
need muscles the size of his own 
body just to lift them. And as 
for dexterity, our poor burdened- 
down monster wouldn’t be able 
to catch an octogenarian, let 
alone a healthy young blonde. 


84 


AMAZING STORIES 


Perhaps he’d be better off with a 
single grasping mandible. To 
make things simpler (an impor- 
tant aspect of life) we’ll locate it 
centrally, in his head. His broad 
finny tail — good for swimming — 
would tend to become long and 
thick if he lives on dry land. 

I F you think our giant lobster 
now looks more like Tyran- 
nosaurus Rex than anything 
else, you’re perfectly right. Given 
nearly five billion years in which 
to experiment and develop, life on 
Earth could come up with noth- 
ing more powerful, nor more 
monstrous than the Tyrant Liz- 
ard. He was the perfect predator. 
Chances are that even his 200- 
million-year-old skeleton would 
scare the wits out of our blonde. 
So we have a fluorine-breathing 
Tyrannosaur. Is he made of nu- 
cleoprotein and DNA? Yes and 
no. 

Certainly he needs a basic 
molecular structure that can do 
all the things that DNA and pro- 
teins do. But our type of proto- 
plasm wouldn’t last five minutes 
in a corrosive fluorine atmos- 
phere. Our molecules are essen- 
tially hydrocarbons; our mon- 
ster’s would have to be fluorocar- 


bons — combinations of fluorine 
and carbon. Any sane chemist 
will throw up his hands and pro- 
nounce a life-chemistry based on 
fluorocarbons is impossible. But 
he’s considering the chemistry 
he learned on Earth. On a Nep- 
tune-sized planet, at tempera- 
tures that get down to nearly 
— 100°F, with a fluorine atmos- 
phere — who can say? (If you’re 
wondering about the ability of 
fluorocarbons to withstand cor- 
rosive environments — well, one 
variety of them, called Teflon, is 
used on missile nose cones to 
withstand the incandescent heat 
of re-entry.) 

So much for our so-called giant 
lobster. The blonde? Since we’re 
being sensible about things, our 
monster has no interest in her. 
She’s too small for a decent meal, 
and too revolting to a monster’s 
sense of beauty. Besides, she 
reeks of oxygen. 

Editor’s Note: That just goes 
to show you . how contrary life 
can be sometimes. Our next step, 
next issue, will be to start hunt- 
ing through the Solar System 
for real — not manufactured — ex- 
tra-terrestrials. 


For as little as $2.50 (250 per word; 10-word minimum) your classi- 
fied message will be read by more than 50,000 active buyers each 
month. Test them today! You'll be delighted with the results! For 
complete details , write: 

MARTIN LINCOLN, Classified Advertising Manager 
AMAZING 

One Park Avenue, New York 16, New York 


85 


SF PROFILE 


^Jlie faintly ^JJrereSij oj 

CLIFFORD D. SIMAK 


By SAM MOSKOWjTZ 


D URING the 17th Annual 
World Science Fiction Con- 
vention held in Detroit in Sep- 
tember, 1959, the “Hugo” award 
for the best novelet of the pre- 
vious year was presented to Clif- 
ford D. Simak for The Big Front 
Yard (astounding, October, 
1958). Simak thus became the 
first science fiction author in his- 
tory to receive both of the major 
awards possible in the fantasy 
world. The previous one had been 
the 1952 International Fantasy 
Award for the best novel of sci- 
ence fiction or fantasy published 
during 1952, City. 

Had this point been under- 
scored, no one would have been 
surprised. The Big Front Yard 
was but one of dozens of superbly 
wrought tales, supreme in a 
craftsmanship that endowed or- 
dinary folk from humble sur- 
roundings with special quali- 
ties to cope with bizarre aberra- 
tions of space and time, as well as 



with technologies that would 
have baffled an Einstein. 

In The Big Front Yard, Hiram 
Taine, repair man extraordinary 
and antique dealer, in company 
with a handyman misfit who 
claims to be able to talk with ani- 
mals, drives a hard bargain with 
the inhabitants of another world, 
who have warped his front yard 
through another dimension so 
that it faces out upon an alien 
planet in an unguessable corner 
of the cosmos. 

He was typical of scores of oth- 


86 


Photo by Bonham Cross, Minneapolis Star 



er Simak “heroes”, who, whether 
dirt farmers, near idiots or love- 
struck robots, had a function, a 
reason for being in the universe 
that could fathom the unknow- 
able and defeat the omnipo- 
tent. 

Simak manages to accentuate 
the positive in the personalities 
of his diverse group of unlikely 
supermen. He rarely dwells on 
the morbid, the horrifying or the 
decadent. In his worlds and in the 
lives of his characters there is 
room for hope, for kindness, for 
decency and for a morality that 
would be more obvious if the 
reader were not spellbound by 
the artistry of the storytelling. 
Regardless of their stations, his 
characters are more saints than 
sinners. Good pi-edominates over 
evil and optimism over dispair. 

Simak’s greatest love and af- 
fection is reserved for the far- 
mer. Directly and indirectly, 
more farmers pass through the 
science fiction of Clifford Simak 
than through the works of any 
author outside country gentle- 
man. Born on the farm of his 
grandfather Edward Wiseman 
on Aug. 3rd, 1904 in Millville, 
Wisconsin, Simak never lost the 
sweet memory of rural life. 

C LIFFORD’S father, John L. 

Simak, was born in Czecho- 
slovakia near Prague. Son of a 
butcher, though related to noble- 
men who had seen better days, 


he came to work as a hired hand 
on the Wiseman farm. There he 
met and married Margaret Wise- 
man. A year later he bought some 
nearby acreage, used lumber from 
the land to build a log house, 
and gradually cleared a farm for 
himself. 

Every fact seems to indicate 
that Clifford D. Simak was de- 
prived by his family of all the 
elements needed to weave the 
tangled web of neuroses which 
are the birthright and plot sal- 
vation of many an author. “If 
you have read Bob Ruark’s The 
Old Man and the Boy — well, that 
was my boyhood, too,” Simak re- 
calls. “We hunted and fished, we 
ran coons at night, we had a 
long string of noble squirrel and 
coon dogs. I sometimes think that 
despite the fact my boyhood 
spanned part of the first and 
second decades of the twentieth 
century that I actually lived in 
what amounted to the tail end 
of the pioneer days. I swam in 
the big hole in the creek, I rode 
toboggans down long hills, I 
went barefoot in the summer, I 
got out of bed at four o’clock in 
the morning during summer va- 
cations to do the morning chores. 
For four years I rode a horse to 
high school — the orneriest old 
grey mare you ever saw, and yet 
I loved her and she, in her fash- 
ion, loved me. Which didn’t mean 
she wouldn’t kick me if she had 
a chance. And before high school. 


THE SAINTLY HERESY OF CLIFFORD D. SIMAK 


87 


I walked a mile and a half to a 
country school (one of those 
schools where the teacher taught 
everything from first grade 
through eighth).” 

Young Clifford had to toe the 
line when there was work to be 
done, but was permitted all the 
romping he wanted when there 
wasn’t. Finances were generally 
severe; but despite problems the 
family, which included a younger 
brother, was closely knit and de- 
voted. 

Two simple factors set his 
mind towards journalism and 
writing. He recalls vividly watch- 
ing his mother read a newspaper 
when he was about five. 

“Does the newspaper print all 
the news from all over the 
world?” he asked. 

“It does,” she replied. 

“Does it print the truth?” 

“It does.” 

“From that moment on I knew 
I wanted to be a newspaperman,” 
Simak affirms. “And don’t you, 
dammit, snicker.” 

A SECOND contributing fac- 
tor was the old family read- 
ing circle so popular years ago. 
The family would gather ’round 
while the mother or father read 
a book or newspaper. A magic 
and wonderful world came into 
view from those readings. 

Though he got along well with 
the rest of the boys, Simak did 
not care for athletics. Scholasti- 


cally he did somewhat better, 
standing second in his high 
school graduating class of Patch 
Grove, Wisconsin. A series of di- 
verse jobs followed high school, 
pivoting on a two year’s teacher 
training course which found him 
an instructor for the next three 
years. An attempt to work his 
way through the University of 
Wisconsin failed and led to his 
first newspaper job on the IRON 
river reporter, Iron River, Mich- 
igan. 

During this period, several oth- 
er events occurred which were to 
shape his entire life. An avid 
reader of Jules Verne, H. G. 
Wells and Edgar Rice Burroughs, 
he found himself really hooked 
when he picked up amazing 
stories in 1927 and became a 
regular reader. 

A chance meeting with Agnes 
Kuchenberg at the Cassville, Wis- 
consin moving picture, while Si- 
mak was teaching, blossomed into 
romance and they were married 
on April 13, 1929. Only weeks 
earlier Simak had accepted the 
staff position on the iron river 
reporter. 

Like any newspaperman, he 
wanted to write ; because he liked 
science fiction he decided that 
was the natural medium to dab- 
ble in. His first effort, The Cubes 
of Ganymede was completed and 
shipped to amazing stories in 
early 1931. Its editor, T. O’Con- 
nor Sloane, then approaching oc- 


88 


AMAZING STORIES 


togenarian status, didn’t believe 
in rushing things. He never both- 
ered to inform Simak whether he 
was going to use the story, but 
two years later the April, 1933, 
issue Of SCIENCE FICTION DIGEST, 
one of the earliest fan magazines, 
listed Cubes of Ganymede as one 
of the “Stories Accepted by ama- 
zing stories for Publication.” 
Finally, in 1935, Sloane returned 
the story as a bit dated in view 
of the changing trends in science 
fiction. Simak never quite recov- 
ered from the incident and the 
manuscript remains unpublished. 

The next attempt was more re- 
warding. World of the Red Sun 
found a home with Hugo Gerns- 
back’s wonder stories and ap- 
peared in the December, 1931, is- 
sue of that magazine. The story 
displayed a clear, stark writing 
technique. Dealing with time 
travel, the adventurers into the 
future encounter a gigantic 
glass-encased brain which holds 
the degenerating remnants of 
mankind in thrall. The rtien from 
the “present” destroy it by em- 
ploying the psychological weapon 
of derision. Beyond its obvious 
debt to H. G. Wells in its basic 
theme and the concept of the ul- 
timate degeneration of man as a 
species, World of The Red Sun 
was fundamentally a second gen- 
eration science fiction story, 
whose framework and filling were 
derived from the products of the 
science fiction magazines. It was 


the work of a man steeped in the 
still-fresh lore of the science fic- 
tion world, who assumed that the 
reader was familiar enough with 
the medium to accept on faith 
imaginative notions that were 
destined to become literary dog- 
ma. 

World of the Red Sun was fol- 
lowed quickly by Mutiny on Mer- 
cury in WONDER STORIES, March, 
1932, a minor action story of the 
revolt of the Martian and Selenite 
workers on Mercury and their 
eventual defeat at the hands of 
an earth man wielding a sword 
dating from the Napoleonic wars. 

T HOUGH badly over-written 
and melodramatic, The Voice 
in the Void which appeared about 
the same time in the Spring, 
1923, WONDER STORIES QUARTERLY, 
showed considerable power in 
handling, involving the desecra- 
tion of a sacred Martian tomb, 
containing the bones of the “Mes- 
siah”. The fact that the Martian 
tombs are constructed in the 
shape of a pyramid provide a 
clue to thd fact that the sancti- 
fied bones are those of an Earth- 
man. As in World of the Red Sun, 
Simak’s obvious familiarity with 
hundreds of past science fiction 
stories enabled him to repeatedly 
avoid trite situations and close 
on a note of originality. 

Simak experimented with send- 
ing his next story, Hellhounds of 
the Cosmos to astounding sto- 


THE SAINTLY HERESY OF CLIFFORD D. SIMAK 


89 


RI Es. It was accepted and pub- 
lished in the June, 1932, issue. 
Hellhounds of the Cosmos told of 
a “black horror” out of the fourth 
dimension. To counter it, a sci- 
entist sends 99 men into the par- 
allel world where they occupy a 
single grotesque body. They suc- 
ceed in terminating the invasion 
at the price of remaining the rest 
°f their lives in the alien place. 
Hellhounds of the Cosmos is 
worth noting because it is the 
first story to betray a tendency 
towards mysticism that frequent- 
ly spills Simak’s science fiction 
over an ill-defined perimeter into 
the world of fantasy. 

Simak’s first cycle of maga- 
zine publication ended with The 
Asteroid of Gold in the Novem- 
ber, 1932, WONDER STORIES. A 
space pirate who takes the gold 
found on an asteroid from two 
explorers and leaves them there 
to die, is doomed to spend the rest 
of his life invalided as a result 
of a broken back at the hands of 
his victims. Here, as in Hell- 
hounds of the Cosmos, Simak re- 
veals a sharp line of demarca- 
tion between black and white and 
brings about sure, grim retribu- 
tion for the evildoers. 

T'HE temporary suspension of 

ASTOUNDING STORIES early in 
1933 left Simak without a pay- 
ing market. Both wonder stories 
and amazing stories, the only 
other magazines, wore skipping 


months and it seemed likely that 
any issue might be their last. 

Simak wrote one more piece of 
science fiction, The Creator, lit- 
erally for love, since, as far as he 
was concerned, there was no mar- 
ket. “Had there been a market,” 
he asserts, “the story would nev- 
er have been written for I would 
have slanted for that market.” In 
that story, a time machine car- 
ries two earthmen to the labora- 
tory of an intelligent “cone of 
light” that created the universe 
as an experiment. Three other 
outre-worldly beings, by coinci- 
dence, also arrive on the scene. 
Together they act to prevent 
“The Creator” from destroying 
the universe. 

Shortly upon completing The 
Creator, Simak received from a 
science fiction fan, William H. 
Crawford, notification of the pub- 
lication of a “literary” science 
fiction magazine which solicited 
stories offering a lifetime sub- 
scription as payment. Simak let 
Crawford have the story out of 
sheer admiration for any man 
with guts enough to try a new 
science fiction magazine. The Cre- 
ator, as published in the March- 
April, 1935, marvel tales was 
probably read by only a few 7 hun- 
dred readers; yet, by letter, by 
word of mouth and through com- 
ments in fan magazines the mes- 
sage got around that Clifford D. 
Simak had written a “classic,” a 
daring story that defied the ta- 


90 


AMAZING STORIES 


boos of newsstand magazines. 
While there are certainly crudi- 
ties in The Creator, many pol- 
ished modern writers would 
gladly exchange some of their 
stylistic sheen for the enthusi- 
asm, excitement and mysterious 
wonder imparted in that tale. 

(To bring the story to a larger 
audience, fantastic magazine re- 
printed it in July, 1961.) 

S 1MAK still felt the itch to 
write and tried a few things 
outside the science fiction field, 
but they came off too poorly to 
submit. Despite the bitter eco- 
nomic pall of the depression 
years, he managed to keep work- 
ing. His reporter job on the IRON 
RIVER reporter grew into the edi- 
torship. He left that position in 
August, 1932, to assume the top 
spot on the spencer reporter in 
Spencer, Iowa. In July, 1934, 
he shifted again to the editorship 
of the dickinson press, Dickin- 
son, North Dakota. 

The purchase of the spencer 
REPORTER by the McGaffin News- 
paper Co. of Kansas, a much 
larger organization, offered a bet- 
ter long-range future and he re- 
turned there in April, 1935, in 
time to help convert the paper 
from a semi-weekly to a daily. 
Pleased with his work, the com- 
pany made him an editorial trou- 
ble shooter, transferring him to 
Excelsior Springs, Mo., where he 
worked on the EXCELSIOR STAND- 


ARD; then to the editorship of 
their Worthington, Minn, paper, 
and finally to the brainerd dis- 
patch in Brainerd, Minn. 

Though his writing activity 
had ceased, Simak continued in- 
termittent reading of science fic- 
tion, without too much enthusi- 
asm, until late in 1937 when he 
learned that John W. Campbell, 
Jr. had been named editor of 
astounding stories. 

“I can write for Campbell,” he 
told his wife. “He won’t be satis- 
fied with the kind of stuff that is 
being written. He’ll want some- 
thing new.” There is the possi- 
bility, he now admits, that if 
Campbell had not been named 
editor of astounding stories, he 
might never have written science 
fiction again. 

His first attempt was Rule 18, 
a novelet of the annual foot- 
ball rivalry between Mars and 
Earth and the search back in 
time to assemble a team of all- 
time pigskin greats to defeat the 
potent Martian eleven. This ap- 
proach was off-beat for science 
fiction at the time, since it util- 
ized the immense potentials of 
scientific invention to influence a 
sports event, instead of saving 
the world from disaster. 

Campbell was so enthusiastic 
about the story that he plugged it 
as “One of the year’s best novel- 
ets,” prior to its appearance in 
the July, 1938, issue. Rule 18, 
while popular, rated only fourth 


THE SAINTLY HERESY OF CLIFFORD D. SIMAK 


91 


in the issue in the readers’ es- 
timate. Nevertheless, Campbell 
continued to promote Simak’s fic- 
tion. He gave prominent advance 
notice to Simak’s Hunger Death 
in the October issue, dealing with 
the problems of Iowa farmers re- 
settled on Venus. This story is 
important, inasmuch as it finds 
Simak dealing with the type of 
people he knows. Characters fa- 
vored second only to farmers in a 
Simak tale are heroic newspaper 
reporters. 

T) eunion on Ganymede, Simak’s 
J-*- next, was featured on the 
cover of the Nov., 1938, number. 
Dealing with a planned anniver- 
sary get-together of veterans of a 
war between Earth and Mars, the 
story finds two members of oppo- 
sing forces thrown into a situa- 
tion where they reconcile their 
grievances. It was not an out- 
standing effort, but it lead the 
issue in reader approbation. 

The themes of the three sto- 
ries, a football game of the fu- 
ture, Iowa farmers on Venus and 
an old war veteran going to a re- 
union on Ganymede represented 
a major move in the direction of 
naturalness in science fiction. 
While Simak may not have com- 
pletely come off in his presenta- 
tions he was exploring a gambit 
that would eventually produce 
pay dirt. 

The Loot of Time, published in 
THRILLING WONDER STORIES for 

92 


December, 1938, was more in the 
traditional vein, sti'essing the 
sentimental attachment that 
springs up between a group of 
time travelers, actors in a power 
play in time, and a Neanderthal 
man who inadvertantly gets in- 
volved with the sciences of his 
future. 

In giving readers a new type 
of story should he dispense with 
the old ? Campbell felt that while 
change was inevitable, there was 
still room for what he called the 
“power” story and what has been 
termed by others as the “super 
science” or “thought variant” 
tale; stories along the lines of 
E. E. Smith, where entire uni- 
verses weigh in the balance, 
where space and time are merely 
tools in the hands of advanced 
science. 

At his request, Simak wrote 
Cosmic Engineers, a novel which 
ran in three parts beginning in 
the February, 1939, issue of as- 
tounding. Cosmic Engineers em- 
ployed ideas of truly epic propor- 
tions including a civilization of 
robots who were guardians of the 
universe, a girl scientist in sus- 
pended animation for a thousand 
years (but improving her mind 
all the time) , another universe in 
collision with ours, a council of 
great intellects of many worlds 
and dimensions to cope with the 
problem, and thrilling trips 
through time; a novel with 
enough thrills for five sequels. 


AMAZING STORIES 


Nevertheless, Simak personal- 
ly considered the effort a failure. 
He had hoped to blend some of 
the ground-roots feel of ordinary 
people into the work but found 
that “you had to be grandiose in 
spite of yourself.” 

R EAD uncritically, Cosmic En- 
gineers is a much more ex- 
citing reading experience than 
the author would lead one to be- 
lieve. It does not bear close ex- 
amination, however, since thei'e 
are too many loose ends; but it 
is reminiscent in portions of The 
Creator, even possessing a God- 
like manipulator who is senile 
and insane. This same “God” is 
the collective absorbtion of an 
entire race into a single intelli- 
gence, bearing some resemblance 
to Olaf Stapledon’s notion of the 
“Cosmic Mind.” 

Following Cosmic Engineers 
Simak decided to embark on a 
new project. A fictional picture of 
each of the planets as science 
knows them today. The first in 
this series was Hermit of Mars 
(astounding, June 1939), a cov- 
er story involving the efforts of 
an earth scientist to transform 
his flesh and blood body into an- 
other of pure force, such as that 
possessed by the Martians. 

Writing ceased for the next 
nine months. Simak, feeling that 
he was moribund with the Mc- 
Giffin Company, resigned from 
that organization and went to 


work on the copy desk of the 
Minneapolis star. As far as the 
newspaper career was concerned, 
he had found his niche. He soon 
would become chief of the copy 
desk. 

H IS first work after the shift 
of positions was also one of 
his most successful. Rim of the 
Deep in astounding science fic- 
tion, May, 1940, was one of the 
earliest of those rare stories 
dealing with the exploitation of 
the sea bottom and the day when 
population pressures would force 
men to live beneath the waves. 
The novelty of the notion was not 
lost on readers but it has been 
infrequently picked up by other 
writers, the most notable subse- 
quent works in this vein being 
Fury, by Henry Kuttner and The 
Deep Range, by Arthur C. Clarke. 

Clerical Error which followed 
in August, 1940, ASTOUNDING was 
intended to be a second in his 
“planets” series, dealing dramat- 
ically with conditions on Jupiter; 
Masquerade (astounding, 
March, 1941) involved a doctor 
who discovered crystals oi im- 
mortality bn Mercury. With Tools 
(astounding, July, 1942) con- 
cerning a radioactive gaseous life 
form on Venus, he quit the series 
as a bad idea. 

There were other stories of 
solid competence during this per- 
iod, but the sad part about a man 
who is gradually becoming a lit- 


THE SAINTLY HERESY OF CLIFFORD D. SIMAK 


93 


erary craftsman is, that if he is 
really good, people will not be 
aware of his skill. This was true 
of Simak. Hunch in the July, 
1943, ASTOUNDING SCIENCE-FIC- 
TION early displayed his much- 
imitated technique of permitting 
the lead character to think to 
himself for the readers’ benefit. 
Hunch brings into being “Sanc- 
tuary", an organization that 
helps rehabilitate or offer peace 
of mind to those who have men- 
tally broken under the pressures 
of advanced civilization, offering 
to them a haven when all else 
fails. 

TN the “City” series which fol- 
lowed and established Simak’s 
reputation, it was a newspaper- 
man, armed with the tools of lit- 
erary artistry and well versed in 
the problems of urban living that 
took the very obvious theme of 
decentralization of cities and fo- 
cussed the spotlight on the im- 
pact of this trend on the indi- 
vidual. It had been many years 
since David H. Keller, M.D., had 
dealt with the impact of current 
trends on the sociological and 
economic wellbeing of the aver- 
age man. Looking back from the 
vantage of the present, the con- 
census rates City (astounding 
SCIENCE FICTION, May, 1944) as 
a “gem.” From the immediacy of 
1944 its theme struck an un- 
familiar note and opinion was 
divided. 


I T was the second story in the 
series. Huddling Place (as- 
tounding, July, 1944), that so- 
lidified a positive reaction to 
what Simak was trying to do. It 
displayed a decitified planet 
where personal contact had be- 
come increasingly abhorrent, 
culminating in the crushing hor- 
ror of a man’s realization that he 
is unable to leave his home, even 
to save the life of a good friend, 
and with it a new concept of phil- 
osophy that would advance man- 
kind 200.000 years in a single 
stroke. Huddling Place is a true 
masterpiece of science fiction, in 
or out of the continuity of the 
series. 

Nathaniel, the talking dog of 
Census (astounding, Sept., 
1944), was the name of Simak’s 
own pet scottie. When the “City” 
series was collected in book form 
by Gnome Press in 1952, the vol- 
ume was dedicated to Nathaniel. 
From his participation also 
sprang the idea of connecting the 
tales as legends told by intelli- 
gent dogs of the future, long aft- 
er man had disappeared from the 
planet. In this tale, too, are in- 
troduced the mutants who intro- 
duce technology to the ants. 

Desertion (astounding sci- 
ence fiction, Nov. 1944) was 
written before any of the other 
stories and was not originally in- 
tended to be one of the series. It 
was included as an afterthought 
when the book was assembled, to 


94 


AMAZING STORIES 


show the beginning of man’s 
transference from human to Jovi- 
an bodies, a natural prelude to 
Paradise (astounding science 
fiction, June, 1946), where the 
political decision as to whether 
the bulk of the human race 
should migrate to Jupiter and 
convert to Jovian form is made. 

In Hobbies (ASTOUNDING SCI- 
ENCE FICTION, Nov., 1946), the 
decision is made to give the dogs 
and the robots an opportunity to 
build a future for themselves 
without physical or psychologi- 
cal interference from the few re- 
maining men. The Cobblies, 
strange creatures from another 
dimension are here introduced. 

The near primitive remnants of 
man show the robots how to dis- 
pose of the threat posed by the 
Cobblies in Aesop, Dec., 1947, a 
tale that teeters perilously close 
to fantasy and mysticism since 
the Cobblies allegorically assume 
the role of the ghosts and goblins 
(imaginary fears) that once 
plagued mankind. 

The point of the entire series 
was delicately brought home in 
Trouble With Ants published in 
FANTASTIC ADVENTURES for Jan., 
1951, when Jenkins, the robot 
guardian of the canine civiliza- 
tion, awakens a man from sus- 
pended animation to learn how to 
stop the ants, whose civilization 
threatens to end the dogs’ reign 
of the planet. A simple way to 
stop the ants, offered by the man, 


is rejected because it will mean 
killing. There has been no killing, 
even of fleas, for five thousand 
years and the robots and dogs 
prefer to be dispossessed, rather 
than revive it as a means of set- 
tling problems. 

“The series was written in a 
revulsion against mass killing 
and as a protest against war,” 
states Simak. “The series was al- 
so written as a sort of wish ful- 
fillment. It was the creation of a 
world I thought there ought to 
be. It was filled with the gentle- 
ness and the kindness and the 
courage that I thought were 
needed in the world. And it was 
nostalgic because I was nostalgic 
for the old world we had lost and 
the world that would never be 
again — the world that had been 
wiped out on that day that a man 
with an umbrella came back to 
London and told the people there 
would be a thousand years of 
peace. I made the dogs and robots 
the kind of people I would like to 
live with. And the vital point is 
this: That they must be dogs or 
robots, 'because people were not 
that kind of folks.” 

F ROM 1942 to 1945, science fic- 
tion was but a small part of 
Simak’s fictional production. A 
larger portion of his spare-time 
efforts went into air war and 
western stories, particularly for 
Leo Margulies and Thrilling 
Publications. The tales were so 


THE SAINTLY HERESY OF CLIFFORD D. SIMAK 


95 


formularized that Simak simply 
couldn’t continue writing them 
and live with himself, so he 
dropped their production and 
turned entirely to science-fiction. 

Eighteen years after his mar- 
riage, a first child, Scott, was 
born in 1947 and a second, Shel- 
ley, in 1951. He was promoted to 
News Editor of the Minneapolis 
STAR in 1949. In this position 
he was responsible for the entire 
news content of that paper. When 
space and atomics became more 
important he was put on special 
assignment, developing a science 
news program for the star and 
its companion paper, the tribune. 
In 1959 he commenced writing a 
weekly science column called “To- 
morrow’s World,” for which he 
was eminently qualified and 
which was received with enthus- 
iasm. 

Sitting as pivot man on the 
news desk of one of the nation’s 
leading papers gave Simak a 
broad view of the world. The be- 
lated additions to his family ad- 
ded the humanity to temper his 
outlook on world events. 

These elements are apparent 
in Eternity Lost, a novelet in 
July, 1949, ASTOUNDING SCIENCE 
FICTION, in which a senator of the 
future plays politics with the is- 
sue of longevity. Maturity in 
viewpoint and consumate literary 
craftsmanship are combined to a 
degree rarely encountered in or 
out of the science fiction world. 


Horace L. Gold, then in the 
process of assembling the con- 
tent of a new magazine titled 
GALAXY SCIENCE FICTION, had 
written Simak asking to see 
something from him just as the 
finishing touches were being put 
on the novel Time Quarry. Serial- 
ization began in the first (Octo- 
ber, 1950) issue of that magazine 
and played a commanding role in 
its successful establishment. 

The novel, an underrated mas- 
terpiece, is electric in its spec- 
tacular display of writing tech- 
niques manipulated to suit the 
need of the events and impel the 
reader through space and time 
with as curiosity-provoking and 
imaginative a complex of events 
as ever presented in major sci- 
ence fiction. Simak’s concept of a 
religion of the future is as con- 
vincing as it is brilliant. 

A man crashes on a world of 
formless intelligences. They re- 
store him to life and impart to 
him the secret that they inhabit 
as parasites every creeping, 
crawling, flying life form that 
lives in the universe; that as a 
race, theirs is the symbiotic des- 
tiny, to light the spark that even- 
tually may lead to intelligence. 

“Nothing walks alone,” is the 
message they give him. This in- 
formation he includes in a book 
which becomes the bible of a new 
religion. It particularly fasci- 
nates the androids, who feel that 
this common denominator makes 


96 


AMAZING STORIES 


them the spiritual equal of man. 

The effoi’ts of man of the fu- 
ture to influence the writing of 
this book through altering events 
of the past carries the reader 
back to the farm where Simak 
was raised. The author’s hobbies, 
his likes and dislikes, including 
touches from famous science fic- 
tion works, as well as a grizzled 
image of himself in old age, in- 
vest the work with a richness of 
content that makes it completely 
satisfying. Published in book 
form as Time and Again by Si- 
mon & Schuster during 1951, it 
unfortunately did not receive the 
attention it deserved. 

F OLLOWING 1952, the year in 
which City received the Inter- 
national Fantasy Award, Simak 
became the leading symbol of 
morality among modern science 
fiction writers; one of the rare 
few who, while sensitive to the 
terrible pressures of the time, 
did not succumb to dispair. His 
fantastic creations became sym- 
bols to illumine human problems. 
As far back as Hunch, the “sanc- 
tuary” allegorized the depend- 
ence of the masses upon the 
crutch of religion ; Eternity Lost, 
in which a politician making cap- 
ital of longevity discoveries lit- 
erally loses his immortal soul, 
figuratively makes its point; 
Courtesy (astounding, Aug., 
1951) underscores the thin line 
between dignity and arrogance. 


Like Olaf Stapledon, with 
whom he seems in philosophical 
accord, Simak represents himself 
in his fiction as an agnostic, 
searching the limits of imagina- 
tion for an answer to the riddle 
of human life. His work reveals 
a tendency to depart into mysti- 
cism, an indication of fundamen- 
tal religiosity which Stapledon 
openly admitted at the very end 
of his life. The difference is that 
Simak has not boxed himself in 
emotionally by raging at the in- 
ability of his imagination to an- 
swer the impossible. 

Carefully exploring the rich- 
ness of human behavior in terms 
of the encounter with the alien 
and the unforeseen, classics of 
science fiction continue to come 
from Simaks typewriter. A Death 
in the House, published in GAL- 
AXY as recently as 1959, belongs 
in that category. Delineating the 
kindness of an old farmer to a 
dying creature from another 
world, it is destined to be re- 
printed often. 

Many new writers, among them 
Chad Oliver, have discovered and 
learned from the method of Clif- 
ford Simak. Yet the truth is that 
Cliff ord D. Simak at the age of 
57 works so hard at both the 
technique and substance of the 
art of being a science fiction 
writer that he represents a 
brighter prospect for the future 
than any newcomer in sight. 

THE END 


THE SAINTLY HERESY OF CLIFFORD D. SIMAK 


97 


A Classic Reprint from AMAZING STORIES, October, 1936 



98 




The Qouncil of \ Drones 

By W. K. SONNEMANN 

Introduction by Sam Moskowitz 


I N science fiction, only three 
stories by W. K. Sonnemann are 
known to have appeared, all pub- 
lished in AMAZING STORIES. His 
first story, a short novel in the 
September, 19 Si amazing sto- 
ries titled The Master Mind of 
'Venus received the same sort of 
reader raves that presaged the 
discovery of such great names as 
Stanley G. Weinbaum, Edward 
E. Smith, David H. Keller, M. D. 
and others who established them- 
selves with their first story. 

The Council of Drones, pub- 
lished in the October, 1936 issue 
was his second story and it clear- 
ly displays the originality of ap- 
proach and story-teller’s narra- 
tive of this author. While the 
skill of the polished professional 
is lacking in the opening pages, 
once into the body of the story, 
the author displays a truly re- 
markable talent. 

If one were to categorize this 
tale, it belongs in the “life 
among the insects” class, with 
Peril Among the Drivers by Bob 
Olsen (amazing stories, March, 
1934), based on the transference 


of a man’s intelligence to the 
body of a driver ant, being the 
closest approach to it. The device 
for transference of intelligence 
in Council of Drones is open to 
question but the author’s inti- 
mate knowledge of the bee socie- 
ty is not. The fact that a final 
story by this author, Greta, 
Queen of Queens (amazing sto- 
ries, Feb., 1938) involves super 
intelligent bees lends credence to 
the supposition that the author 
engaged in the raising of bees as 
a profession. When you have fin- 
ished this story you will believe 
that science fiction can be educa- 
tional as well as entertaining . In 
fact, the question will be strong- 
ly raised as to whether or not 
scientifically informative science 
fiction isn’t far more entertain- 
ing and stimulating than a su- 
perficially disguised cloak and 
dagger story transferred to a 
planet. 

The magic of this particular 
story rests in the fact that the 
protagonist relates it from the 
viewpoint of the bee. In contrast 
we also encounter the situation 


Copyright, 1986 by Tech Publications, Inc. 


99 


from the viexvpoint of man, with 
the same personality sharing 
both viewpoints. Despite all the 
foregoing, I have not revealed 
all the points of originality of 
this story. 

It is unfortunate that, when 
AMAZING STORIES Was sold to 
Ziff-Davis in 1938, W. K. Sonne- 


mann’s name disappeared from 
the role of science fiction writ- 
ers, never to be heard of again. 
Upon completing The Council of 
Drones, I feel that many of you 
will agree that when Mr. Sonne- 
mann decided to leave the science 
fiction field, tve all lost a great 
deal. 


CHAPTER I 

TTHE full magnitude of the gen- 
ius of Newton Ware had never 
dawned on me. I was aware of 
the fact that he was a most bril- 
liant engineer-physicist, but I 
had always had a tendency to 
consider him more theoretical 
than practical. During his dis- 
course on and demonstration of 
his new invention, which he had 
named “Cross-Rays, with Lifex 
Modulation,” I concluded that he 
was not only a genius but also 
intensely practical. 

“I can understand the ‘Cross- 
Rays’ term,” I said, “because I 
see that you focus two rays of 
light upon a spot where they 
cross, but wherein do you derive 
the term ‘Lifex’?” 

Newton looked at me in the 
manner of an old friend about to 
divulge a confidence. 

“Do you know what life is?” 
he asked, very seriously. 

“No, not exactly.” My answer 
was ready enough, even though I 
was somewhat surprised, for we 


had talked on the subject before. 

“Neither do I, but I believe I 
am on the track of it. I mean in 
terms of something you can de- 
fine with scientific accuracy, like 
vibrations of a given frequency 
in a given medium. So far, I have 
learned more about the frequen- 
cy of vibration and its relation 
to electrical frequencies than I 
have about the medium. Because 
I can not yet define life definitely, 
I have chosen the term ‘lifex’ 
rather than ‘life’.” 

Newton was like that. Even in 
the face of his great invention, 
his unselfishness and modesty 
made him careful lest he should 
overrate its value even by sug- 
gestion in the name. At once his 
other sturdy characteristics 
flashed through my mind and 
gave me a deeper insight into the 
probable import of his invention. 

“Life rays, eh?” I mused, 
aloud. “Not death rays, and so 
not an instrument of war. But 
how does it work? Does it affect 
life in some tangible way?” 

“I called you over to witness 


100 


AMAZING STORIES 


an experiment of the largest 
magnitude I have yet attempted, 
if you would care to see it,” he 
replied. 

“If I would care to? Proceed at 
once. I am all eyes.” 

N EWTON produced from a 
cabinet a live mouse in a 
cage. 

“I have studied this mouse 
through that.” He indicated a 
detached part of his equipment 
consisting of a maze of lights, 
light filters, screens transparent 
and opaque, graphs, and some- 
thing that resembled a pair of 
binoculars made over. 

“I have also studied the family 
cat, Puss,” he continued, “who 
now sleeps so unsuspectingly on 
yonder chair. Watch both of 
them closely.” 

Newton placed the mouse on a 
pedestal where the modulated 
rays of light were made to cross 
when the apparatus was in op- 
eration. He then sat down before 
his equipment and closed a num- 
ber of switches starting current 
to two very large lamps, an X-ray 
machine, an ultra-violet lamp, 
and a battery of radio tubes and 
coils. Following this, he manipu- 
lated a number of dials on a pan- 
el. Occasionally he paused for a 
consultation of his notes, which 
were mostly in the form of logo- 
graphs. In a moment or two his 
adjustments were satisfactory, 
I presumed, for he grasped an 


electrode in his left hand and 
pressed a key momentarily with 
his right, a look of expectation on 
his face. The mouse immediately 
began to behave queerly, where- 
upon Newton released it from the 
cage. 

It was a matter of several sec- 
onds before the answer to the 
peculiar behavior of the mouse 
and the cat dawned upon my 
mind. The life of the cat and the 
life of the mouse had exchanged 
bodies ! As extraordinary as this 
revelation was, there was no oth- 
er explanation to a cat trying to 
squeeze through a small hole in 
the wall while a mouse cuffed at 
it, jumped on it, and bit it. I 
wanted to laugh, but sheer 
amazement prevented me, and 
Newton later told me that I mere- 
ly sat with my jaw dropped and 
my eyes popping. Finally, when 
the mouse began to lacerate one 
of Puss’ ears, Newton called a 
halt. He captured the mouse as 
easily as he would a pet cat and 
returned it to the cage. 

“Would you call the experi- 
ment a success ?” he asked, glee- 
fully. 

I was still too amazed to reply. 

“Never mind,” lie continued. 
“Let’s reverse the process first, 
changing the cat back to a cat, 
and then we shall discuss the 
matter.” 

For all I could tell, he went 
through exactly the same pro- 
ceedings as before, but with dif- 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


101 


ferent adjustments. It was over 
in a few seconds. The mouse 
quivered in the cage, frightened, 
while Puss ceased trying to es- 
cape from the room. When the 
mouse was again released, Puss 
made short work of it. 

“Now,” he continued, “tell me 
how you liked that.” 

“How did I like it?” I queried. 
“It was most interesting. I en- 
joyed the experience thoroughly, 
I think. But I am still non- 
plussed. And if this is really the 
machine that you have been so 
secretive about the last six 
months, how in the world did you 
get thus far along in so short a 
time?” 

“Oh, things just seemed to 
work out right. The cat-mouse 
episode was merely the final ex- 
periment to confirm my equa- 
tions in their final form. I am 
now ready for larger subjects.” 

“Such as man?” I asked, al- 
most fearfully. 

“No less a subject than a man 
himself, Fred,” he replied, quite 
seriously. “I am hopeful that 
you might give me an idea as to 
just what a man might care to 
exchange bodies with for a short 
while in order to — well, say, to 
increase his knowledge. I need 
some valuable idea so that the 
first subject could be persuaded.” 

T THOUGHT this over for a 
•*- while before replying. A great 
many thoughts raced through 


my mind, and I was highly sus- 
picious that Newton Ware had 
already conceived the idea that 
was forming in my own mind. 

My mind turned quickly to 
thoughts of life itself. Some- 
times, when things go awry and 
there is nothing but discourage- 
ment on every side, the pattern 
seems haphazard and purpose- 
less. Then some peculiar coinci- 
dence, accident, or happening 
turns up, that seems to have 
such definite bearing on the case 
as to unify the whole of what 
has gone before, and one won- 
ders whether it be coincidence or 
a part of an unknown plan. This 
was one such incident, if I in- 
terpreted it correctly. 

It had been ten years since 
Newton and I were college class- 
mates in engineering. Our lives 
had separated at graduation as 
we reported to different employ- 
ers, and now they had been 
thrown together again in the 
small Texas town, from which we 
both hailed, through the opera- 
tion of ecpnomic disturbances. 
Newton had lost his position 
when his employer Became in- 
solvent, and, after a fruitless 
search for other work, he had 
returned, single, to his father’s 
home to play around with his 
own ideas on his own time until 
times got better. 

As for myself, I had brought 
my family to my father’s farm as 
a temporary measure to make my 


102 


AMAZING STORIES 


savings last longer while I de- 
termined what was to be the next 
move. I had not been long in 
finding it. During my absence, 
my father had acquired a few 
colonies of bees to manage as a 
sideline and a hobby, and I was 
more or less amazed myself at 
how quickly I, an electrical engi- 
neer by training, had become so 
deeply interested in those mar- 
velous insects. In my consuming 
desire to find another way to 
make a living, I found it easy to 
learn that the country was full 
of flowers, understocked with 
bees, and to come to the conclu- 
sion that scientific methods and 
mass production could be applied 
to beekeeping in such a way as 
to make it a profitable vocation. 
I had determined to embark on 
the venture wholeheartedly the 
following spring. 

And now this had occurred. If 
a man could really know his bees 
— know everything that goes on 
inside of the hive and its rela- 
tionship to instinct and outside 
conditions — how much better 
could he manage them? Newton 
was now offering me such a 
means of really studying my 
bees as no other man before had 
ever been able to apply. Was 
this a mere coincidence, or — ? 

“I have a very definite idea,” 
I said, somewhat warily. 

Ware was all attention. 

‘‘Bees. The ordinary honey 
bee.” 


“Just what would you expect 
to learn?” he asked. The peculiar 
light in his eyes betrayed a sub- 
dued satisfaction, and I knew 
that I had guessed the truth. 

S EVERAL things,” I replied. 

“For instance, no one knows 
exactly why bees swarm except 
that it is an instinct designed 
for the preservation of the spe- 
cies through the establishment 
of new colonies to replace those 
that die from one cause or an- 
other, or are destroyed. We know 
that we can keep swarming down 
to a minimum by giving bees 
plenty of hive room when they 
need it, by leaving them plenty 
of honey and pollen for their 
own use as food, and by keeping 
the colony supplied with a young 
queen so that the bees are con- 
tented with their home. Bees will 
sometimes cast a swarm in spite 
of these precautions, however, 
and swarms are a plague to the 
commercial honey producer who 
already has as many colonies as 
he needs. From his standpoint, 
Dame Nature’s method of mak- 
ing two colonies out of one by 
swarming is merely a division of 
the working forces resulting in a 
decreased honey crop. If we could 
know more about the conditions 
or influences that cause the 
swarming instinct to become 
dominant, we might be able to 
devise additional means to entire- 
ly prevent it. There are several 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


103 


other things concerning colony 
life that could be learned to ad- 
vantage, too.” 

‘‘Would you care to attempt 
the experiment as a subject?” he 
asked, barely able to control his 
excitement. 

“Not today, thank you. I shall 
have to think about it some. I 
have a wife and kids at home, 
you know. It would not be so 
good if anything went wrong.” 

“Yes, I know.” Newton’s man- 
ner evidenced both relief and pa- 
tience. 

“Now, if you are interested, 
let’s go into some of the scientific 
details of this thing.” 

I spent four solid hours with 
him and learned very little. It 
would have been foolish, of 
course, to expect to learn in four 
hours all that Newton Ware’s 
brilliant and imaginative mind 
had developed in six months of 
diligent effort. I could see that 
he had several equations repre- 
senting as many different forms 
of life, all of them derived by 
complicated mathematics from 
one master equation. The vari- 
ables were the same in each equa- 
tion, although sometimes with 
different exponents, but the con- 
stants were different for differ- 
ent forms of life. Nature’s con- 
stant, the natural logarithm, 
e = 2.71828, appeared at least 
once in each. A constant ap- 
peared in the human equation 
which did not occur in any of the 


other equations. He called it the 
immortality constant. In deriv- 
ing and setting up the various 
sub-equations, Newton had had 
to develop the elements of a new 
branch of mathematics that was 
very difficult for me to follow, 
and, ten years ago, I had made 
A’s and B’s in calculus. I became 
convinced that his particular in- 
spiration for the conception and 
interpretation of all the equa- 
tions and the principles involved 
was peculiar to himself alone, 
and I rather doubted if anyone 
else would fully understand his 
work for many years to come. I 
gave up at last and took my 
leave, fatigued, and with a touch 
of headache. 

CHAPTER II 

I SPENT a troubled night, alter- 
nating between periods of 
doubt and periods of confidence. 
I did not consult my wife, of 
course. To have done so would 
have been to put an end to all 
further deliberation. Her vote 
would have been a most emphatic 
no!, and I could not have blamed 
her. I am open to criticism for 
not having treated her squarely 
in the matter, but let that drop. 
My eyes were turned toward the 
glorious prize involved. Newton 
had offered me the opportunity of 
becoming the greatest living au- 
thority on the subject of beekeep- 
ing, through intimate first hand 


104 


AMAZING STORIES 


experience, and my ambitions 
were far from being dead. It was 
not that I particularly cared for 
fame that would come to me, but 
that I did particularly care with 
all my soul for the means of mak- 
ing a substantial living for my 
family in a vocation that inter- 
ested me tremendously. To 
emerge from the experiment suc- 
cessfully would, without the 
shadow of a doubt, contribute 
greatly to my success in my new 
vocation, for I should know what 
to do for my bees in their man- 
agement, how to do it, when to 
do it, and why it should be done. 
I would be equipped to become 
the nation’s leading honey pro- 
ducer, and, quite possibly, the 
nation’s most successful breeder 
of high quality queen bees. But 
how about the risk involved? I 
was confident that Newton was a 
genius, and that, in all probabil- 
ity, the experiment would go 
through without a hitch. But 
suppose it did not? Suppose I 
should die in the experiment, 
leaving my wife a widow and my 
children fatherless? I wondered 
what the percentage was, and 
what percentage risk of dying I 
should take without consulting 
my wife. Perhaps I should have 
erased the whole thing from my 
mind, but I could not. Ambition 
urged me on. 

It was not until I visited the 
post office the following day to 
obtain the mail that I made up 


my mind definitely. An item I 
had been expecting was in the 
box, and again the coincidence- 
factor occupied the foreground 
of my thoughts. I could not get 
away from the subtle suggestion 
that, once again, the means of 
making the experiment had been 
thrust into my life. The item in 
the mail was a queen bee in a 
mailing cage. I made up my mind 
definitely, once and for all, win 
or lose. A few minutes later I 
was ushered into Newton’s lab- 
oratory. 

I handed him the queen bee 
mailing cage that had arrived in 
the morning mail. It consisted of 
a small block of wood about 1% 
in. x 3% in. X % in. On one flat 
side three holes of about 1 inch 
diameter had been drilled nearly 
through, these holes overlapping 
so that there was passage be- 
tween them, and the cavity thus 
formed in the block was covered 
by a piece of wire screen secured * 
by tacks. In this cavity there 
were one dozen worker bees and 
one queen' bee. The space they 
occupied, however, was restrict- 
ed to two of the one inch holes; 
the other, on one end, being filled 
with a special candy prepared by 
kneading together a mixture of 
honey and powdered sugar. This 
candy-filled hole connected with 
the outside world through a 
smaller exit hole drilled into it 
through the end of the block and 
which was also filled with candy. 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


1105 


A similar hole in the other end 
of the block connecting with the 
open space that the bees occu- 
pied was closed with a piece of 
metal. It was through this latter 
hole that the bees had been 
forced to enter the cage. 

“Inspect the future abode of 
my soul,” I said, lightly. 

“Do tell! Just which one of 
these devilish bugs do you wish 
to be?” 

I pointed out the queen. 

“Tell me about her,” he said. 

T INTENDED to. I bought this 

young queen from a well 
known queen bee breeder, be- 
cause I wanted to give his strain 
of Italian bees a trial. Dad and I 
have a colony in which the queen 
is old and failing and we wish to 
replace her. (Left to themselves, 
the bees would ultimately raise a 
new queen themselves, but there 
is no reason why we should wait 
on their fancies.) We shall open 
the hive, seek out the old queen, 
and destroy her. We shall then 
place this queen in the hive, cage 
and all, and close it up. The hive 
bees will eat away at the candy 
from the outside and the caged 
bees will continue to use it for 
food. In three to four days the 
candy will be eaten away to a 
point where the new queen can 
emerge from the cage. By this 
time she will have acquired the 
colony odor, and will be accepted 
as the new queen of the colony.” 


“Accepted?” he queried. 

“Yes. If I released this queen 
in a normal colony of bees she 
would meet her death. Bees, as a 
rule, will not tolerate but one 
queen at a time.* They would 
recognize the stranger as such 
by her different odor and would 
put her to death by a means 
known as ‘balling,’ in which a 
tight cluster of bees about the 
size of your fist surrounds her 
and literally hugs her to death. 
Even if she escaped this fate, as 
soon as the new queen met the 
old one there would be a fight to 
the death between them. But, in 
using the method I outlined, the 
bees become acquainted with the 
fact that they are queenless in a 
few minutes after the old one is 
killed and are ready to ‘be reason- 
able’ when the new one walks out 
of her cage. The proposition of 
her acquiring the colony odor is 
in accordance with the best bee- 
keeping texts. Anyway, the 
method works, and it is perhaps 
the simplest one of several.” 

“Very interesting,” he com- 
mented. 

“Very. Now, if you are still in- 
terested, focus your binoculars 
and graphically strained light 
rays on her majesty and measure 


* When bees raise a new queen to super- 
sede an old one they will sometimes permit 
the old queen to live for a while after the 
new queen begins to function before they 
kill the old queen. Thus two queens may 
some times be found in the same hive at the 
same time. A queen will ordinarily live 
three, four, or five years if unmolested, but 
she does her best work in her first two years. 


106 


AMAZING STORIES 


the pulse of her life frequencies.” 

Newton took up the task with 
an exclamation of delight. 

“You’re next,” he said, when 
finished. 

“Oh, no ! Not yet,” I countered. 
“Wait until she is successfully 
introduced to the colony. I want 
to be a queen bee in a normal 
colony and not a queen bee in a 
cage.” 

O NE week later I reported to 
Newton, rather nervously, 
that the new queen was safely 
introduced. 

“Now, listen,” I exclaimed. 
“You understand, I only want to 
make this exchange for a period 
of five minutes, and no longer. 
If I get back to humanity with- 
out difficulty, I shall consider a 
longer period of time for the 
next trip, but I can’t learn much 
this time and be worrying about 
whether I am going to get back 
or not.” 

“Your wishes shall be respect- 
ed. Five minutes — no longer.” 

I felt kind of dizzy as Newton 
turned those crazy looking bi- 
noculars on me. I didn’t know for 
sure but what I had a little rath- 
er undergo a major operation. At 
least, in major operations, there 
were records to show what per- 
centage of cases for different ail- 
ments survived. In my particular 
case, there was absolutely no hu- 
man precedent. Even granting 
that Newton was the wizard I 


gave him credit for being, I knew 
that the business of tampering 
with my mind was risky. I might 
come out of the experiment alive 
but without any mind. Good 
Lord! I had rather be dead! In 
the latter case, I at least had the 
present consolation that my life 
insurance was paid up. 

My thoughts, grew hazy. I 
wondered if I were half hypno- 
tized by Newton’s eyes and those 
ungodly binoculars. Five min- 
utes, then back to humanity, 
safe, sane and sound. Newton 
was able to manage it. 

“All ready now,” he an- 
nounced. “If you will just step 
over here under the cross-rays.” 

I did, numbly. The intense 
light hurt my eyes, but, through 
half closed lids, I watched him 
make the adjustments. Then- — 

I might as well have been hit 
by a bolt of lightning. The stag- 
gering, man-killing, terrifying 
jolt that I received can never be 
adequately described. I might 
say that, in a way, it felt as if 
my life had been taken apart, re- 
solved into as many parts as he 
had terms in his equations, and 
each part separately treated to 
hell’s fire and brimstone. It was 
over in an instant, however - , and 
the pain was gone. 

CHAPTER III 

T HINGS seemed so strange. I 
was different. I struggled to 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


107 


place myself — to raise my hands 
to my face to see if I was still 
here, or somewhere else, and I 
found that there was no physical 
response to my will. Then, sud- 
denly, I realized that that, which 
I had expected to happen, had 
actually occurred. My own single 
unit of human intelligence, that 
which I call I, was now bound up 
in the physical confines of a 
queen bee! In spite of the fact 
that I had expected it, it was a 
staggering thought to find that 
I actually was an insect. I had 
no hands, and no face to raise 
them to. Merciful heavens ! 

These thoughts occupied but a 
moment before the physical sens- 
es of the queen bee’s body that I 
now occupied began to make 
themselves more manifest. There 
was a sense of hearing that I 
recognized as such, and a sense 
of feeling. Struggling to forget 
the turmoil in my consciousness, 
I concentrated on these senses to 
more thoroughly interpret the 
impulses to my brain. 

There was a slight buzz about 
me. I had thought so at first, 
half-consciously, and now I was 
sure of it. And — why, yes, there 
were a number of worker bees 
massaging my body with their 
mandibles. One was even offering 
me food. 

Here, indeed, was a real prob- 
lem. How was I do take that 
food? The human impulse to 
open my mouth failed entirely. 


for I had no human mouth to 
open. It was at once apparent 
that I must endeavor to estab- 
lish controlling contact with the 
nervous system of my new body 
in order to govern it. How could 
I? While debating the problem, 
I attempted to shift my position 
slightly, much as a human does 
when he is uncomfortable, or 
fidgety, and I found to my de- 
light that four of my legs moved. 
The return impulses that told me 
that I had moved by means of my 
legs seemed to reveal the key to 
the situation in a manner very 
difficult to describe. It seemed 
that I must first become cogni- 
zant of the parts to be moved, 
and realize a sense of possession. 
In a moment, I had fluttered my 
wings. With the greatest delight 
in this success and an incom- 
parable spirit of adventure, I 
concentrated on my mouth parts. 
In a moment I was fully aware 
of them and what they felt like, 
and I had extended my proboscis 
to sip up the food offered me. 

A T the same time that I was 
assuming control of the phy- 
sical attributes I was also uncon- 
sciously becoming more closely 
attuned with instincts that 
seemed inseparably bound up in 
the queen bee’s body. Even 
though I was already aware of 
the functions of a queen bee in 
the colony as a matter of human 
knowledge, I now became aware 


108 


AMAZING STORIES 


of these functions and duties 
from the standpoint of the bee. 
It dawned upon me that I had 
entered the body of the queen 
during a normal rest period dur- 
ing which she takes food and 
rests, and that the rest period 
was about over. The offering of 
food that I had received had been 
the last of several, and, now that 
it was consumed, I was expected 
very shortly to be up and about 
the business of laying eggs for 
the maintenance of the colony 
population. Holy, jumping Jeho- 
sophat ! I, a man, expected to lay 
eggs! Oh, well, it was a part of 
the bargain, and it would per- 
haps be instructive to me at that. 

With what was notv an almost 
perfect control over my physical 
equipment, I set about my duties. 
Forgetting human will, I gave 
myself over to queen bee instinct 
and progressed over the combs, 
laying eggs in cells prepared to 
receive them as the urge came. It 
was rather an easy job, with no 
hurry, no fretting, and every- 
where a circle of worker bees to 
pay me homage as I passed them 
on the combs. I paused once in 
my labors to observe the pollen 
dance of a worker bee, and again 
to observe the nectar* dance of 

* Nectar is the raw material from which 
honey is made. It is the secretion of nectaries 
on honey plants, these nectaries not neces- 
sarily being: located only in the blooms. As 
gathered, it is highly diluted with water. 
The bees evaporate the excess water from 
the nectar by thox-ough ventilation of the 
hive as a part of the ripening process. When 
thoroughly ripened into honey, the cells con- 
taining it are sealed with a capping of wax. 

THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


another, those peculiar dances 
they perform to announce the 
finding of a new supply in the 
field. After all, the whole experi- 
ment was full of romance and 
adventure. 

It seemed to me that I had 
been engaged in laying eggs for 
only a very short period of time 
when the next rest period oc- 
curred. I felt a faint foreboding,' 
but I was tired and felt the need 
of nourishment, and paid it no 
heed. The rest period was about 
half over when, as I was becom- 
ing refreshed, the truth of the 
matter shot through me in its 
sickening entirety. The working 
periods of the queen bee cover a 
span of about twenty-five min- 
utes ! Good Lord ! What had hap- 
pened to Newton and his appa- 
ratus? I was to be here only five 
minutes ! I knew that nothing in 
the world that he was capable of 
controlling would have prevent- 
ed him from carrying out his 
pledged word to me, consequent- 
ly I was certain that some dire 
catastrophe had overtaken him, 
and he was unable to return me 
to my own body. My wife and 
children — everything that I held 
dear upon the earth that I had, 
to all practical purposes, depart- 
ed from — passed in instant re- 
view before my mind. The awful 
realization that some terrible 
mishap had prevented the suc- 
cessful completion of the experi- 
ment sapped my strength away. 

109 


CHAPTER IV 

I T was the following day before 
I could gather the remnants 
of my horror-stricken mind to- 
gether to do any ordered think- 
ing. I knew then that it was a 
day later — the night period hav- 
ing come and gone — and I fur- 
thermore knew that any ordi- 
nary accident that could have 
happened to Newton’s apparatus, 
save possibly the breakage of the 
X-ray tube, could have been re- 
paired by this time and I would 
have been returned. Some kind 
of premonition told me that I 
would never escape from the hive 
alive, and yet my saner reason 
told me that it was possible that 
the X-ray tube had broken, and 
that in a matter of a few days it 
could be replaced. I pinned my 
faith to this hope and set about 
making the best of the condi- 
tions in which I found myself. 

It seemed logical to me to be- 
gin with a study of my own capa- 
bilities and my place and powers 
in the life of the colony. Almost 
immediately, in this more re- 
laxed mental state, I discovered 
that a sense, granted me in my 
new physical equipment, was of 
considerable importance, and 
somewhat of a nature that hu- 
manity would call a sixth sense. 
The organs located in my anten- 
nae, those delicate little “feelers” 
that emanate from the head, 
were the means by which this 


sense was manifest. I relaxed 
still more, giving myself over as 
much as possible to the full play 
of this sense, and was delighted. 
It seemed double in nature, al- 
though I could never be sure 
whether this was the case, or if 
there were two distinct senses. At 
any rate, there was a sense of lo- 
cation. (I recalled having ob- 
served, when still in human 
form, that I had almost never 
seen a bee leave the hive for a 
flight in the fields without first 
stroking her antennae with her 
first pair of legs. At the time I 
had assumed that she was get- 
ting her “homing instinct” into 
play — (“oiling up the direction 
finder,” as I was wont to put it). 
This sense of location appeared 
to be very efficient, and I realized 
that the defective sense of sight 
granted me was of small impor- 
tance by comparison. Without 
being aware of it, I had been 
utilizing this sense in making 
my way about the combs as well 
as if I had been guided by my 
human eyes and the broad light 
of day. 

My admiration of this phase 
of sixth sense, which I shall 
hereafter speak of as “location,” 
was suddenly interrupted by the 
manifestation of the second 
phase, which was a means of 
communication between individ- 
uals. Without sound, of produc- 
ing which a bee is capable, and 
without hearing, of which a bee 


110 


AMAZING STORIES 


is capable, I was being addressed 
through this phase of my sixth 
sense. I was not being spoken to, 
and yet I know of no better way 
to describe the transference of 
thought from one individual to 
another than to speak of it in 
this narrative as though so many 
words had been spoken. 

“The nectar is good, Masoul. 
The nectar is bounteous, Masoul. 
There is plentiful pollen. Let the 
life of the city wax strong, Ma- 
soul. Let us raise brood to raise 
more brood.” 

S IXTH sense told me that I was 
being addressed by two work- 
ers, one an older bee with not 
many more days to live, and an- 
other younger bee. And, I re- 
flected instantly, my name must 
be “Masoul.” Probably I inter- 
preted the meaning of the 
thought sense as such because I 
was the soul of the colony, being 
the mother of all. 

“More eggs you would have, 
Owo?” I said. 

“More eggs in the empty cells. 
It is good to fill all empty cells 
with eggs of the Owo. But, 0 
Masoul, be sparing of the eggs 
for the drone." Just a few of the 
drones. Our city is now beautiful 
with many drones. O Masoul, is it 
good?” 

“It is good, Owo,” I replied. 
Something about it all seemed 
so droll that I would have 
laughed if I could, and yet it was 


utterly serious. I resolved upon 
an experiment. 

“There will be more food for 
me if I lay more eggs, Owo?” I 
asked. 

“The food will be good. It will 
be plenteous, Masoul.” 

“That is good. But, Owo, please 
instruct my nurse bees that, 
while I find the nectar from the 
mesquite and the pollen from the 
goldenrod go to make a delight- 
ful food, I would like a desert of 
royal jelly.”* ** 

T HE experiment was success- 
ful from the standpoint of 
demonstrating a point. I knew, 
without question, that the 
thought had emanated from me 
through sixth sense. I also knew 
that it had not properly regis- 
tered in the consciousness of the 
worker bees. They were creatures 
of some intelligence, but which 
intelligence was dominated by 
the binding chains of instinct. 
Instinct told them to feed the 
queen a predigested food of pol- 
len and honey and they could do 
no other way. They could not 
vary the proportions, nor could 
they produce royal jelly for my 
consumption. Royal jelly would 

* The male bee. 

** A white, jelly like substance secreted by 
nurse bees, which is used to feed those 
larvae which are intended to develop into 
queen bees. Chemical analyses of the foods 
given to queen larvae, worker larvae, and 
drone larvae show that they differ materially 
in the relative percentages of protein, fat, 
and sugar. The nurse bees must have a diet 
of both honey and pollen in order to produce 
these foods. 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


m 


never be produced except under 
the stimulus of a developing 
queen cell in the hive. 

“There will be plenteous food 
for Masoul,” was the reply, and 
that settled that. I had learned 
that any attempt to change the 
routine of life in the colony would 
be beset with difficulties. 

The days began to pass in 
dreary succession. The only di- 
version granted to me was to 
think, and because that process 
was usually far from being pleas- 
ant, there were long periods 
when I was practically nothing 
but a machine. I laid the eggs 
the colony demanded, and it is 
doubtful in my mind if ever a 
natural queen laid eggs in such 
symmetrical patterns, or skipped 
so few cells as she progressed 
over the combs. 

Occasionally, however, I found 
myself thinking fast and furi- 
ously, usually raging against my 
fate and the loss of all connec- 
tion with those I held dear on 
earth. Self-abasement was often 
a prominent note in these mental 
sprees, and each left me a bit 
more discouraged and dejected. 
There seemed to be no hope of 
improving my condition. Even 
my greater intelligence appar- 
ently would not allow me to speed 
up to any appreciable degree the 
processes of evolution so that I 
might effect any changes. As a 
matter of fact, I was not able to 
conceive any changes that I 


would like to make, that would in 
any wise alter the fact that, after 
all, I was queen bee, doomed to 
exhaust the vitality of my body 
in the laying of eggs, until age 
overtook me and death came. 
Furthermore, I was unable to 
conceive any means of my own by 
which I might be returned to hu- 
manity. I did not blame Newton 
for his failure to return me to 
my own body, but I would des- 
perately have liked to know what 
had happened. In my discourage- 
ment and despair, I relaxed into 
a state of tired, dull, half-con- 
scious dreaming, allowing queen 
bee instinct full control in gov- 
erning my actions. 

T HEN came the havoc. What 
kind of mental reaction, if 
any, is produced in the brain of 
a normal bee by the smell of pun- 
gent smoke I did not know nor 
care. With me, it wreaked de- 
struction. The first blast of 
smoke welled up through the hive 
and strangled me. The fact, that 
I knew what the smoke was for, 
was no consolation. I knew that 
a man was about, and there was 
no doubt in my mind but that the 
man was my own father. I re- 
member instantly that he always 
smoked the bees far more than I 
did, and I despised him for it on 
the instant. He knew that smoke 
takes the fight out of bees that 
would have stung him, and that 
these bees, instead of stinging, 


112 


AMAZING STORIES 


become demoralized, and start 
goring themselves on honey from 
uncapped cells. Another blast of 
smoke surged up through the 
hive to deal me misery, and I 
fretted and fumed and swore. 
Forgetting for the moment that 
the smoke at the entrance was 
only preparatory to opening the 
hive, I dashed madly for the top, 
only to be greeted by the full 
benefits of a hot, strangling blast 
as the cover was lifted. Memory 
returned, and I sought fresh air 
at the bottom and near the en- 
trance, where fanning bees were 
laboring to clear the hive of 
smoke. 

It seemed to me that the ex- 
amination of the colony must 
have lasted for fifteen minutes. 
There was no robbing of the hive. 
It seemed that my father was 
merely looking things over to see 
how the colony was getting 
along. One by one, the frames of 
comb were lifted from the hive, 
examined, and replaced. I re- 
called that in days gone by, when 
we had worked together in these 
examinations, we always kept a 
sharp look-out for the queen to 
see that she had not been acci- 
dentally killed on the last ex- 
amination, and I knew that he 
was looking for me. I did not 
wish to be seen, for I was in no 
mood for any closer contact with 
a human and his terrible smoke 
than could be avoided. I man- 
aged to avoid the frames that 


were lifted for examination, and 
to lose myself always in the larg- 
est group of bees that could be 
found. If my father wanted to 
know that the queen was still 
alive and heal thy ; he could de- 
termine that by looking for eggs. 
At the end, the hive was closed, 
and I breathed a sigh of relief. 

The excited activity of the 
worker bees in clearing the hive 
of the last vestiges of smoke was 
efficient and orderly, and accom- 
plished results in a remarkably 
short time. It was an hour or so, 
however, before the usual colony 
activities were resumed, for, on 
the first blast of smoke, instinct 
had caused vast numbers of the 
bees within the hive to gorge 
themselves on honey from the 
uncapped cells. Instinct had told 
them that there was trouble ; that 
they might lose the last drop of 
the sweet fluid; and that they 
would need all they could hold, a 
supply sufficient to last for sever- 
al days, with which to make a 
fresh start. Time was required 
for the scare to pass away and 
for these bees to disgorge them- 
selves. During this time I was 
left to my own devices. 

I T was perhaps best that little 
attention was paid to me, for 
I was experiencing the utmost in 
mental turmoil and agitation. I 
am quite unable to explain just 
how those strangling fumes 
worked the change in me that 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


113 


they did, but the fact remains 
that my outlook on my life in its 
present conditions was consider- 
ably changed. Previously, I had 
been human in a different form; 
now, I found that I was neither 
human in mind nor yet entirely 
bee. I might say that my mental- 
ity was brought more in accord 
with the self-preservation in- 
stincts that are typical of the 
bee, and that my human intelli- 
gence. went through a change 
which did not erase its ability to 
reason, but which threw its sym- 
pathies with the bees more than 
with humanity. The terrible dis- 
comfort I had suffered had re- 
moved from me in some way the 
last vestiges of human emotion, 
and I can say now, though with 
regret, that love for my family 
did not exist. Memory of my pre- 
vious emotional life was vague, 
and any recollection that I cared 
for my wife and children, or any 
other human, was of no conse- 
quence. It mattered only to me 
that I knew that I was an un- 
usual queen; that I had reason- 
ing powers that were now dia- 
bolically cunning; and that such 
reasoning powers could operate 
to their fullest extent without 
losing in any way the connection 
between them and the natural 
senses and capabilities of the 
queen bee body that I possessed. 
Along with this introspection 
that revealed my powers, I was 
conscious of the fact that seeds 


of hate for the robbing, smoking 
humans had been sown, and that 
I expected to use my reasoning 
powers to fight humanity and its 
meddling with our colony life to 
the fullest extent. 

There were signs that the or- 
derly work of the colony was 
about to be resumed, and I pre- 
pared for a round of egg-laying. 
I had made the rounds of the 
combs since my stay in the hive, 
and it was now time to begin 
over again, where I had original- 
ly started, where I knew that 
bees would be crawling out and 
vacating cells. With a firm step 
and a directness of purpose, I 
made my way to this section, 
only to find that I was a bit 
early. I had done good work in 
the last twenty-one days, and 
had filled all available empty 
cells in just slightly less time 
than is required for the original 
eggs to hatch, pass through the 
larval stage, and pupal stage, 
and emerge. There was nothing 
to do but wait, and I was sud- 
denly grateful for the rest. I had 
some hard thinking to do. For 
the moment, I began a review of 
the things I knew about colony 
organization. 

W HEN nectar is plentiful and 
there is much work to do in 
the fields, the average life of the 
worker bee is about six weeks. 
The first two or three weeks are 
spent within the hive, where the 


114 


AMAZING STORIES 


worker does such inside duties as 
comb building with the wax se- 
creted from her wax glands, ven- 
tilation, cleaning, standing 
guard, and feeding the young 
larvae. The remainder of her life 
is spent in field work bringing in 
loads of nectar and pollen for use 
in the colony. At night, when 
more nectar is being brought in 
than is required to meet the daily 
needs of the colony, these older 
bees assume the additional duty 
of augmenting the force of bees 
that ventilate the hive in order 
to hasten the process of ripening 
the nectar into honey. Thus, 
when the season is good, they 
work themselves to death. Hun- 
dreds of them fail to return each 
day, probably because worn-out 
wings are unable to carry the 
load.* 

As far as I was able to deter- 
mine, there was no social or- 
ganization nor duly constituted 
authority established to adminis- 
ter colony affairs. The younger 
bees did the inside work because 
it came natural to them and be- 
cause there was inside work to 
do. The older bees gathered nec- 
tar and pollen because instinct 
bade them do so. Instinct was the 
same in them all and governed 
their actions. The same instinct 
caused them to feed me greater 
quantities of food as more food 


* During the height of the season the pop- 
ulation of a strong colony of bees will run 
about 60 to 70,000 individuals. 

THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


was available in the field, and 
the natural result was that I laid 
more eggs to replenish the popu- 
lation. If the flow of nectar di- 
minished I was given shorter ra- 
tions, laid fewer eggs, and the 
field bees lived longer. They re- 
garded me as a necessary item, of 
course, but only as an egg-lay- 
ing machine. If there were any 
vested authority within the hive, 
it rested solely with the middle 
aged worker bees in the prime of 
their lives as a group, and as 
instinct affected them. 

It was time to make a change. 
I expected to take up the reins 
of supervision myself and con- 
trol the destinies of the colony. 
There was no time better than 
the present in which to be- 
gin. Several of the middle- 
aged bees passed close to me and 
I halted them with the sixth 
sense. 

“Owo,” I said, “I have long 
been your faithful servant and 
have done well in filling the cells 
with eggs. Is it not so?” 

“It is well, Masoul.” 

“I have followed your orders 
to lay more eggs for more brood 
under your able direction,” I con- 
tinued. 

“It is well, O Masoul,” was the 
reply. “We of the Owos know 
best how to direct you.” 

“You lack a whole lot of know- 
ing what is best for you, for me, 
or for our beautiful city, Owo,”' 
I retorted. “I, Masoul. know best. 

115 


'From now on I am chief super- 
visor of all activities. You un- 
derstand?" 

P RIOR to that change which 
was effected in me by my 
terrible ordeal at the hands of 
my father and his ill-smelling 
smoke, I would not have been 
able to get this idea across. Now, 
however, I was in more closely 
adjusted tune with my bee in- 
stincts and senses, and the 
thought registered perfectly. I 
was delighted, even though the 
results were not satisfactory. 
The immediate reply showed this. 

“It is not according to the age 
old plan, Masoul. We die Soon, to 
be followed by others who die 
soon. We have age. The life of 
the ages back is in tune with us, 
and we know from the ages. You 
must serve us as Masoul has al- 
ways served us.” 

I knew that what they meant 
was that instinct was stronger 
in them than in me, therefore, 
according to instinct, they 
should direct. The queen of the 
colony, preceding me and from 
ages back, had been a creature 
of less intelligence than even the 
workers, and that she had al- 
ways followed the direction of 
the workers in whom instinct 
was strongest. They did not 
know that I was different. 

“Owo,” I replied, “the ages 
are dead. My Masoul mother is 
dead, and I am different from 


her. I have the ages in me, but 
I also have the future. I am dif- 
ferent. I am stronger than you 
as no Masoul has ever been. I 
know best. You will follow my 
direction.” 

I had made a distinct impres- 
sion, possibly because my will 
was strong, but I did not take 
time to rejoice over it. I was 
surging forward. 

“What would you have us do, 
Masoul?” 

“I would have you prepare 
yourselves to fight away the 
smoke and the man. You enjoyed 
them?” 

“We did not!” 

“I will deliver you from them. 
We will gather nectar for our 
own use, and not for the use of 
man. We will have no more smoke 
after a while. We will have no 
more robbing after a while. We 
will conquer man. But it will take 
planning and organization.” 

“0 Masoul, if you can deliver 
us from man and his smoke, we 
shall have even a more beautiful 
city.” 

I properly understood this to 
mean that life would be more 
pleasant. 

“Very well, Owo, we shall be- 
gin. You have six legs. You can 
count to six?” 

“We can number for our legs, 
Masoul.” 

“Then I direct you to form a 
guard of seventy-two bees, and 
yet another guard of like num- 


116 


AMAZING STORIES 


ber, and yet another guard. You 
do not comprehend seventy-two, 
but I shall teach you. Choose 
you from among the aged, field 
bees the number of six, one for 
each of your legs, and number 
one leg for these six bees. Do 
this again for another leg, and 
again until you have six bees for 
each leg. You will then have 
thirty-six bees. Choose another 
thirty-six bees, and then you 
shall have the seventy-two bees 
which I charged you to get. We 
shall call this the number one 
company, and the first six bees 
shall be leaders. I want three 
companies.” 

B Y dint of much effort and 
repetition, I got the idea 
across so that these workers 
knew just how to choose three 
companies of seventy-two bees 
each. I had rather have had com- 
panies of an even hundred, but 
this, I felt, would require too 
much effort. 

“We shall choose the guard 
from among the old field bees, 
Masoul.” 

“It is good, Owo. And I have 
fair reasons to choose the guard 
from the older bees, as you shall 
see. You remember the smoke 
today?” 

“We were present, and we suf- 
fered much.” 

“How many of my bees stung 
the man? How many of my bees 
died?” 


“But one of us stung the man. 
She lost her stinger and died. 
Two bees were crushed by his 
clumsy hands as he went through 
our beautiful city.” 

“Were they old?” 

“The two crushed bees were 
young, Masoul. The stinging bee 
was old.” 

“The stinging bee was old,” I 
replied. “She would have died 
soon. She lost not many days of 
useful life in gathering the nec- 
tar by stinging the man. It is 
better so. If young bees sting 
the man, then we lose many days 
of life, and our city loses. Let 
not young bees form the guard 
to lose many days of life. Let al- 
ways the guard be formed of old 
bees who have not many days to 
live. Are my thoughts not wisest, 
Owo?” 

“O Masoul, you have more than 
the ages in you.” 

“Then be about your task. 
When you have organized the 
three companies come again to 
me, and I shall further direct.” 

“We go.” 

CHAPTER V 

I T occurred to me when they 
were gone that I had taken a 
tremendous responsibility upon 
myself. From now on I had to per- 
form in order to warrant the con- 
fidence I had j'ust gained. If it re- 
quired only the skill and patience 
necessary to keep a military or- 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


117 


ganization on duty and suitably 
directed, I had little to worry 
about, for I felt completely capa- 
ble of that feat. On the other 
hand, I was not sure that a mili- 
tary organization such as I 
planned would accomplish the 
results that I had promised. I 
had promised to free the colony 
from the meddling of man. If the 
first step failed, I must think of 
something else. If I failed alto- 
gether, then what? To tell the 
truth, I was suddenly a little 
afraid. 

My newly found worries were 
short lived. Underneath my feet 
a young bee was gnawing away 
at the capping covering her cell 
as she prepared to emerge. I 
moved away to give her room, 
and began to reflect upon the 
subject of how difficult it was 
going to be to persuade a com- 
pany of seventy-two bees to at- 
tempt to sting a man all at once. 
I did not reflect on this subject 
long. 

The emerging bee completed 
her task, stood for a moment dry- 
ing her wings and massaging her 
antennae, and then became aware 
of my presence. 

To put into words of the Eng- 
lish language the thought that 
emanated from the young bee is 
an extremely difficult task. In 
English, it almost sounds ridicu- 
lous, yet, from the standpoint of 
its startling effect, she might as 
well have spoken the following: 


“Why, hello, Mom, old girl. 
What the Sam Hill are you doing 
here? What am I doing here?” 

Having finished approximately 
this thought emanation through 
sixth sense, the newly emerged 
worker was quite evidently as 
surprised as I, and incapable of 
further communication at the 
moment. To say that I was sur- 
prised would be putting it mildly. 
Paralyzed, I clung to the combs, 
my mind alternately racing in 
thought and frozen in consterna- 
tion. At length I recovered suf- 
ficiently to “speak.” 

“W'hat did you say, Owo?” I 
might say I gasped. 

“I hardly know, Masoul. What 
is this? What is it all about? 
I find myself a newly emerged 
bee. Instinct pictures my life 
plan before me, and yet it does 
not seem quite right. Why should 
I be a bee?” 

nPHERE could be only one pos- 
sible explanation of this most 
unusual situation wherein a 
worker bee seemed to exhibit an 
intelligence akin to my own, and 
I conceived it. In haste, I pro- 
ceeded to explain to this new 
worker my theory of how it came 
about with the intention of en- 
listing her aid in explaining to 
the other thousands of workers 
that would be emerging from 
now on. 

I told the new worker that 
mentally I was human, and phy- 


118 


AMAZING STORIES 


sically a queen bee. Passing 
briefly over the fact that my in- 
telligence had exchanged bodies 
with an insect as the result of 
an unfortunate experiment that 
had been only half completed, I 
next informed her that she was 
the first offspring from eggs laid 
by my body after the change. As 
such, through the operation of 
hereditary laws, she had been 
endowed in half with human in- 
telligence, doubtlessly of limited 
capabilities by virtue of the fact 
that half of her hereditary gifts 
came from the drone father, 
which had mated with my queen 
bee body before my occupancy, 
and which drone was, of course, 
merely a normal male bee. I told 
her that I could expect much 
more from her in the matter of 
cooperation, and from her new 
sisters, than I ever could from 
those workers which had devel- 
oped from eggs laid before that 
fateful experiment 21 days ago. 
Still more briefly, I explained that 
I had assumed control in the colo- 
ny for the betterment of our 
lives, and that I expected her and 
her sisters to fall readily in line. 
The reason for my haste in this 
explanation was good, for all 
about me young bees were gnaw- 
ing away the cappings of their 
cells. I dispatched the new work- 
er to the nearest with definite 
instructions to repeat this story 
to the emerging bees as quickly 
as possible. 


I repeated my story to a half 
dozen surprised new workers, or- 
ganized them into a corp of in- 
structors, and then obtained re- 
spite. My instructors worked fast 
and each new bee became a re- 
cruit so that my services were no 
longer needed. My prediction 
had been correct, for each new 
bee was found to be half -human 
in intelligence. 

I WAS glad at the cessation of 
my labors, for I wanted to 
think. Certainly I must be right, 
but how? Another bee with in- 
telligence derived from me! It 
seemed preposterous, but it was 
so. I had dismissed the problem 
as solved in my first haste by 
assuming that hereditary laws 
were responsible without know- 
ing exactly how. Now that I had 
more time to think, the complete 
explanation gradually worked it- 
self out in my mind. 

I had entered the insect body 
and had taken complete control 
of its functions. The body mus- 
cles responded to my will, thus 
indicatihg that my mentality 
was in controlling contact with 
the nervous system. If this be 
so, and it certainly was, then 
why should not the bodily proc- 
esses, through which chromo- 
somes are formed, also be in tune 
with my life through the nerv- 
ous system equally as well as it 
was in tune with the former 
queen? The results proved the 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


119 


point. Then again, I thought, the 
capacity for intelligence must 
certainly be a dominant factor 
as treated in the Mendelian law 
of inheritance and not a reces- 
sive factor. As such, it would cer- 
tainly be transmitted to the off- 
spring. Dismissing the problem 
as solved in so far as I had need 
to solve it, I deliberated upon the 
vastly changed circumstances. 

r PHE entire population of the 
colony would be of my own 
offspring in a few short weeks, 
all half human in mind, and the 
work of organization, planning, 
and execution of details would 
be vastly simplified. I might 
even go so far as to obtain ad- 
vice from some of my offspring, 
these being perhaps somewhat 
more in tune with bee instinct 
than I, but this point was yet to 
be demonstrated and there was 
no hurry about it. There might 
even be some pleasure in exist- 
ence now, with individuals to 
converse with. Furthermore, im- 
proved means were at my com- 
mand for carrying on the fight 
against humanity. A sneering 
thought occurred to me that hu- 
manity itself recognized the fact 
that the mastery of the world 
was still in dispute between it- 
self and insects, and that only 
by its greater intelligence did 
man have any show at all. Now 
things were to be changed. My 
colony of bees was fast becoming 


endowed with a certain degree of 
man’s most important weapon. 
Ambition awoke in me. Such be- 
ing the case, why should I not 
set my goal at complete mastery 
of the world for the benefit of the 
bees alone? A riotous thought 
that set my heart to pounding. 
Plans — plans — what a world of 
plans to be made lay before me. 

Before evening came, with its 
cessation of field activities, those 
Owos that I had sent to organize 
companies of fighting bees re- 
turned to report the completion 
of their labors. I gave them in- 
structions as to the disposition 
of the guard. One company was 
to remain in flight about the hive 
and at rest in the trees during 
the day ready to attack man at 
the least provocation. Another 
was to remain on duty about the 
entrance and just inside, to at- 
tack at the first smell of smoke, 
and another was to be on duty at 
the top of the hive prepared to 
fight if the hive were opened. It 
was well enough to proceed with 
this plan,, even though I expect- 
ed changes to be made as the old- 
er bees died and my own off- 
spring became predominant. 

The sun went down, and in the 
evening’s twilight vast numbers 
of laboring field bees, that knew 
no other life than to work, re- 
turned to the hive. Some of these 
returned only to continue their 
labors by fanning their wings, 
while others clustered about the 


120 


AMAZING STORIES 


entrance, contented, resting, and 
perhaps thinking of flowers. It 
was better not to disturb them, 
so I called together those bees in 
which I took great pride, my 
own offspring, for a conference 
in the upper portion of the hive. 

“Owos, you know your exist- 
ence,” I said. “You have been 
told wherein you are different 
from your predecessors. Are you 
content?” 

The first few that I had had 
contact with acted as spokesmen, 
and I found it convenient to 
name these. I called them Mary, 
Lucille, Ann, and Betty. Mary 
replied. 

“We know that we are as we 
are, Masoul. There is nothing 
that we can do about it. We seek 
that happiness that may be 
granted to us in our short span 
of life.” 

“I hope that I may do much 
to improve your lot,” I replied. 
“Your lot is most amazing and 
unnatural, even as mine is, and 
we shall work together to do the 
best we can.” 

“We are willing to cooperate, 
denying those instincts that tell 
us that we, as Owos, should di- 
rect you, not you us,” said Ann. 

“It is best, Ann,” I said. “You 
are half as I am, else you would 
not see it so readily. And I shall 
always continue to have more ex- 
perience than you, for I shall live 
thx-ough more than you, your 
days being more numbered.” 


“It is too true, Masoul.” 

“Perhaps not quite so conven- 
ient, Betty. For, if my plans do 
not work out to perfection, 1 shall 
live through more smoke than 
you, and smoke is most distress- 
ing.” 

“So instinct tells us.” 

“Chalk up a score for instinct. 
But I mean to eliminate the 
smoke, and to conquer man. Per- 
haps we may reduce the world to 
a land of flowers and bees in the 
end.” 

“Would we live to see it?” 
asked Lucille. 

“I doubt it,” I replied. “But 
during your lives we can do 
much.” 

I outlined to them the plan I 
had conceived of making my 
colony a nest of incorrigible, un- 
manageable and fighting demons 
as a first step in resisting the 
meddling of man. Questions were 
asked and answered, and I found 
myself surrounded by a group of 
bees that held me in the highest 
esteem. 

Conferences with my new 
Owos were held each night for 
three nights, and it may perhaps 
seem strange to the reader that 
not a great deal was accom- 
plished in the way of additional 
planning for future combat. The 
seeds of future ideas were being 
sown, however, for I was rather 
bothering over the fact that bees 
have to die when they sting. With 
my own progeny coming on, I 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


121 


hated to see them die even a few 
days before their time. 

O N the third day after the 
emergence of the first of my 
brood, I found myself over a 
section of comb in which I had 
laid drone eggs that first day I 
was in my new abode. Whereas 
worker bees take 21 days to 
emerge from the cells as young 
bees from the time the egg is 
laid, drones take 24 days, and I 
knew that these drones were 
about ready to crawl out. There 
was evidence that several were 
already in the process, and I de- 
cided to wait around a bit and 
start them on the road to learn- 
ing. My loathing for the lazy 
drones would probably subside 
with my own drones showing 
signs of intelligence. I might 
even put them to work in some 
fashion. 

The emergence of the first 
drone was considerably different 
from the emergence of the first 
worker. This drone, which I aft- 
erward named John, seemed to 
look me over calmly enough be- 
fore “speaking.” 

“Masoul seems to be thinking 
hard with me as a subject. What 
is the ti-ouble, Masoul?” 

I was surprised at this com- 
ment, and taken somewhat off 
guard. This drone seemed to ex- 
hibit even more intelligence than 
my new workers, and I was un- 
prepared for it. In a moment. 


however, the solution was clear, 
and I changed my discourse of 
enlightenment to this drone ac- 
cordingly. I had entirely over- 
looked the fact that a drone bee 
is a development from an un- 
fertilized egg, and that this bee 
in no wise owed his development 
to an immediate father. Such be- 
ing the case, he took his heredity 
from me alone, and was conse- 
quently less cramped in his hu- 
man intelligence characteristics 
than his sisters. What a remark- 
able situation! I realized on the 
instant that I might make great 
use of that. 

In the evening, I called a con- 
ference of newly emerged drones. 

“Well, boys, how do you like 
it?” I asked. 

“Not bad,” replied one I had 
named Paul. “We are drones, 
with instinct to tell us that we 
are men of leisure, fed free of 
charge by our worker sisters, 
and with intelligence to make the 
most of leisure. I advocate reor- 
ganization of colony life, with 
worker bees to put on shows for 
our benefit.!’ 

“Well, I’ll be — ,” I burst out. 

“Never mind Paul, Masoul,” 
said John. “I think he is a misfit 
— a black sheep in the family. He 
had no sooner emerged than he 
started griping about the 
cramped quarters in his cell. 
Said he wished the workers 
would learn to build drone cells 
a little larger, and that his won- 


122 


AMAZING STORIES 


derful form might have experi- 
enced a fuller development in 
larger quarters.” 

“Should I decide that Paul 
needs attention from the workers 
he holds so lightly in his esteem, 
he will not be so handsome,” I 
replied. “Minus a wing or two 
torn off by their mandibles, and 
with a shrunken abdomen from 
lack of food, his form will be 
nothing to brag about.” 

M ASOUL,” said another I 
chose to call Fritz, “I have 
talked with several of my broth- 
ers since emergence and we are 
of the same mind. We have in- 
stinct that tells us what is ex- 
pected of us, which is nothing, of 
course, there being no mating to 
be done*. But. Masoul, the intel- 
ligence we possess is to our lik- 
ing, and we find that we do not 
wish to be considered lazy in- 
dividuals with no aim in life. 
Could you, Masoul, find us any- 
thing to do?” 

“You did not come equipped 
with physical attributes that 
would enable you to do many 
things the workers do,” I an- 
swered. “You have no pollen bas- 
kets on your legs for the gather- 

* A virgin queen takes her mating flight 
when she is from five to eight days old, 
weather permitting. She soars high into the 
air and mates with a single drone, this drone 
dying instantly- in the act. On her mating 
flight she receives enough of the male sperms 
to do her for the rest of her useful life, 
the quantity of individual sex cells being 
measured by the millions. Only rarely has 
a queen been known to take a second mating 
flight. 


ing of pollen, and, for similar 
reasons, you can not gather nec- 
tar from the fields. Without wax- 
secretion glands, you can not 
build comb. But I think I can 
find inside work for you that will 
help the city by the removal of 
that many workers from those 
duties.” 

“Let us hear, Masoul.” 

“You have not yet flown. You 
will leave the hive in a few days 
to try your wings in flight, and 
make them stronger. You will 
note the wonderful buzz that you 
will make with your wings, for 
you are strong. Therein lies your 
only chance of being helpful at 
present. You shall use your 
wings for fanning, and with your 
magnificent wings keep the city 
ventilated to perfection. Is not 
all this a worthy occupation for 
you?” 

“That sounds like work,” la- 
mented Paul. 

The next day Paul started on a 
diet of nothing, followed by 
nothing, at my orders. He was 
dragged from the hive three 
days later by. two capable Owos 
and left to die some distance 
away. I had no time for such 
characters. 

T HE following evening I talked 
with a considerably larger 
number of drones. 

“More possibilities are unfold- 
ing before me,” I began. “It fur- 
thermore gives me great comfort 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


123 


to be able to talk things over 
with you, for your intelligence 
is freer from the chains of in- 
stinct that bind my Owos. Let us 
work together for the carrying 
out of our plans to make our city 
supreme over humanity.” 

“We are most willing, Ma- 
soul,” said Omar. “Even though 
we take heredity direct from you, 
you are still greater than we. 
Dictate, Masoul, so that we may 
follow with the gift of your in- 
telligence.” 

“Omar, your words are wise, 
and yet too modest. If I shall dic- 
tate, let it be with consideration, 
and should you perceive that 
which I do not perceive, then, by 
all means, give me the benefit of 
your perception.” 

“Masoul, you welcome free dis- 
cussion with us concerning your 
plans?” 

“Most heartily, Omar.” 

“Then, Masoul, what plan 
have you for your successor? 
Instinct tells me that you will 
live not always, and that, in the 
to-morrow of nectars, your Ma- 
soul daughter will mate with one 
of my yet unborn brothers. What 
shall we do?” 

To tell the truth about it, I had 
not given this much considera- 
tion, and the question was some- 
what staggering. But, for the 
sake of wholesome respect, I had 
to keep up appearances. 

“A problem of to-morrow’s 
nectars, Omar, requiring thought 


between now and then. I have 
not yet determined fully. Think 
about it, Omar, and give me the 
benefit of your thoughts.” 

So I successfully parried the 
question. But my relief was short 
lived, for Fritz was as bright as 
Omar, and he absorbed my at- 
tention. 

“Masoul, the , workers of the 
guard die when they sting the 
man?” 

“It is so, Fritz. It is for this 
reason that I form the guard of 
older bees who are doomed to die 
soon anyway.” 

I was distinctly proud of this 
idea. 

“It is wise, Masoul, and your 
mind is great,” continued Fritz. 
“But why do the Owos die? We 
have no stings and we do not 
know.” 

“It is because the Owo’s stings 
are barbed. They loose the stings 
in the flesh of the man they 
sting. The injury causes them to 
die. My sting is not barbed.” 

“It is unfortunate,” comment- 
ed Fritz sadly. “It is not right 
they should- die.” 

I was disturbed again. Some- 
thing in the lamenting tone of 
Fritz, as he regretted the fate of 
his sisters of the guard, seemed 
to imply that he seemed to think 
that I should be able to remedy 
the situation, or that he would 
be distinctly glad if I could. That 
was enough. I brought the con- 
ference to a close for the evening, 


124 


AMAZING STORIES 


but not before appointing Fritz 
and Omar as my immediate as- 
sistants and advisors. 

CHAPTER VI 

T HE following day was his- 
torical in my existence in the 
colony. The smoke came about 
midday. At first, there was only 
a trivial attack. A few blasts of 
smoke at the entrance caused me 
dire discomfort, but they were of 
short duration. My first two com- 
panies of bees went into action, 
and 25 bees from the two units 
died from losing their stings. I 
did not wonder that the man re- 
treated, but he was game, and I 
marveled at his courage. He re- 
turned in a short while, this time 
heavily dressed, wearing bee veil 
and gloves, and we suffered at 
his hands. When he was through, 
and I thought I was half dead 
from smoke, we found that rob- 
bing had taken place, and that 
we had lost much ripened and 
capped over honey. My rage 
knew no bounds. 

When evening came, I was an 
excited leader over the confer- 
ence, and this time the confer- 
ence was graced by the presence 
of a number of my own Owos se- 
lected with my utmost care. I 
began by addressing my remarks 
to the group. 

“We have once more suffered 
at the hands of man. We have 
taken our toll in a measure, but 


he has taken his toll. The man 
does not rejoice over his stings, 
and we have begun the war. His 
toll was heavy, for he has taken 
much honey that would have 
nourished as well when the nec- 
tar is no more, and the cold 
causes us to huddle together. We 
have lost our first battle with 
him, but there shall be more in 
which we shall not lose. It is 
time to cany the war to him; 
not let him bring it to us. Hear 
my words. 

“Fritz, you were sad that your 
worker sisters die as they sting 
the man, and you caused me 
much thought. I, too, am sad. It 
must not be. We can not always 
fight man so if our success be no 
greater than today. Therefore, I 
say, the workers of the guard 
shall no longer die. They shall no 
longer lose their stings, and ev- 
ery worker shall be a fighter. We 
shall carry the battle to the man. 
We shall seek him out and sting 
him. We shall attack him in 
great droves and seek to kill 
him. We shall seek out his wom- 
an and' sting her, and his chil- 
dren. They can not wear the veil 
from dawn until evening, and we 
shall kill them if we can. If we 
can not kill them, we shall drive 
them away. 

“This is my plan. My Owos 
will not die. If their stings have 
no barbs. Therefore, we must re- 
move the barbs. I know the way.” 

There was a chorus of ques- 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


125 


tions from many in the group. 

“The way is easy, and yet it 
may be hard.” 

M Y proposition was to assign 
a certain number of work- 
ers, say twelve, to the duty of 
finding a sand bed, and, having 
found it, to bring to the hive 
large numbers of sand grains 
for my inspection. From these, I 
would pick two having sharp 
edges of the most perfect form 
suited to the need, the remainder 
to be carried away. Having se- 
lected two suitable grains, I 
would then assign workers to 
the duty of mounting these se- 
curely in one corner of the hive 
where they would be readily ac- 
cessible and yet obscure to the 
man. The mounting was to be ac- 
complished by the use of propo- 
lis, a gummy material obtained 
from the buds of poplar and oth- 
er trees and known as “bee-glue” 
which is used for sealing cracks 
and for other purposes. It would 
require the utmost care, for the 
sand grains were to be mounted 
with meticulous accuracy, the 
spacing between the cutting 
edges probably requiring an ac- 
curacy down to one one hundred 
thousandth part of an inch. Aft- 
er the sand grains were mounted 
properly, the next step would be 
to have each worker bee in turn 
thrust her stinger between the 
sand grains and shave off the 
barbs. Any worker could then 


sting the man with impunity and 
repeatedly. My guard could be 
chosen from bees of any age, 
and the entire population of the 
colony would serve as reserve 
forces.” 

It was not at all difficult for 
me to sell this idea to my fol- 
lowers, but the matter of making 
clear to the workers just what 
sand grains are, or where they 
would be found, was extremely 
difficult. In the end I made ar- 
rangements to fly from the hive 
with a limited number of work- 
ers the next day, all instincts to 
the contrary notwithstanding, 
and personally take part in the 
search for a bed of sand. 

Luck was with me the follow- 
ing day, for I found a suitable 
bed of sand in a creek bed in a 
relatively short time, and my ac- 
companying workers brought 
back dozens of grains on the first 
trip. Not one of these was suita- 
ble, however, and I detailed fifty 
workers to the duty of bringing 
sand grains to the hive. 

It required, two days’ time to 
find two grains of sand that had 
sharp cutting edges in a straight 
line sufficiently long, and I was 
heartily glad when this step was 
over. I had looked at sand grains 
with my poor vision and had 
utilized my sense of location to 
such an extent that I was most 
thoroughly worn out, for I had 
endeavored to carry on my usual 
duties of egg laying at the same 


126 


AMAZING STORIES 


time. Little did I then suspect, 
however, that the hard part was 
just about to begin. 

TDEES are credited with mar- 
velous accuracy in building 
their combs with cells in the 
hexagonal shape, of given size, 
and with certain angles to give 
the greatest economy of wax to- 
gether with maximum strength. 
I had found the comb work in the 
hive to be marvelous, especially 
considering those cells in which 
I laid eggs, and I had relied 
upon this accuracy of workman- 
ship to make the matter of 
mounting the sand grains a sim- 
ple matter. I was badly disap- 
pointed. Bees have built combs 
for ages, and instinct tells them 
how to build it well. Bees have 
never mounted sand grains by 
means of propolis for the purpose 
I intended them, and they knew 
nothing about it. Six of my own 
Owos labored long and hard at 
the troublesome task and made 
small progress. Time and again 
the mounting was finished only 
to be torn down and started 
over-, either because the sand 
grains were too far apart or too 
close together. More than one of 
my Owos would have lost their 
lives in trying out these shears 
when it was thought that the 
perfect dimensions had been ob- 
tained, had it not been that my 
intelligent Owos were able to un- 
do what they had done and re- 


move one grain when it was 
found that the experimenting 
bee had hopelessly bound her 
sting in the shears. The first 
day of failure made me extreme- 
ly impatient, but the following 
day I regained some of my pa- 
tience and resolutely assigned a 
detail to the duty of completing 
the shears whenever it could, 
working continuously on this one 
job. In the meantime, I had 
other details to think about. 

The somewhat disturbing 
thought that perhaps I might 
not win in my battle with man 
kept bobbing up. The fact that 
man may provide himself with 
veil and gloves to protect his face 
and hands and dress heavily to 
avoid stings on the body gave me 
no little concern. The man had 
deliberately robbed my colony 
after twenty five of my guards 
had stung him. A thousand bees 
might sting him without his 
safeguards, now that I planned 
to remove the barbs from their 
stings, but if my fighters could 
not get to him, the battle would 
be lost. On the other hand, he 
could not wear these safeguards 
all day long and each day, and 
my bees could sting him freely 
when his safeguards were off. 
But what reaction would come? 
I could guess the answer to that. 
Knowing that this colony was 
becoming incorrigible, he would 
in all probability obtain a new 
queen from a professional queen- 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


127 


breeder and introduce it to my 
colony after he had searched me 
out and killed me. This thought 
at once modified my plan of ac- 
tion. 

T>RIEFLY, I must not carry 
the battle to the man until I 
was fully prepared. I would pro- 
ceed about the business of remov- 
ing barbs from the stings of 
each and every worker bee, but I 
must wait until all were my own 
offspring so that I might be more 
able to instruct them in the art 
of fighting. I believed that I 
could teach my half-human- 
minded bees to crawl inside the 
man’s clothing and sting him at 
such times as he was heavily 
dressed. This was one point, but 
it was not sufficient. 

Man is obstinate, and hates to 
be outdone by animal or insect. 
My ultimate fate would be to die 
at the hand of man, but so great 
was my hate for man that I did 
not care. When I was gone, how- 
ever, I would not be able to carry 
on the battle; therefore, I must 
plan for the future about which 
Omar had asked. Not only plan, 
but I must act now, and the ac- 
tion required that new queens, 
Masouls, be reared at once. I 
would send these queens from 
the hive in swarms to establish 
homes in hollow trees and caves 
so that my blood would not be 
lost, and so that the battle to 
last for years would be carried 


forward by an annually increas- 
ing number of colonies. Personal- 
ly, I preferred to remain in close 
contact with man, fighting him 
until death, and I would not fol- 
low the instinct that directed 
that the old queen leave with the 
swarm. Then the matter of the 
characteristics of my Masoul 
daughter occurred to me. 

She would not be as I. Being 
raised from an egg exactly simi- 
lar to those that produced my 
half human-minded Owos, she 
would be as they, and would 
have only half of my capabilities. 
But then the remarkable side of 
it occurred to me. In mating with 
one of my own drones, she would 
have offspring even better than 
mine, for they, taking one half 
of one half from their mother 
and a full one-half from their 
drone father, would be, I might 
say, three fourths human mind- 
ed. What an idea ! Let us rear a 
new queen, keep her in the colo- 
ny for a time, and rear yet an- 
other queen from her eggs to 
mate with one of my own drones. 
Thus would be produced a queen 
having three fourths of my capa- 
bilities who would produce off- 
spring having seven-eighths of 
my capabilities. This fraction 
could be increased to almost 
unity after many generations, 
and it would not matter at all 
that I died. I settled on this plan 
immediately, determined to study 
new queens and new brood in- 


128 


AMAZING STORIES 


tently, until such degree of per- 
fection was reached that I would 
feel safe in directing the casting 
of a swarm. 

Before giving further atten- 
tion' to the construction of the 
barb shears, I personally attend- 
ed to the matter of directing the 
construction of a queen-cell. I 
selected the most perfect appear- 
ing egg from a large number, 
and directed that a queen cell* 
of the largest, most perfect form 
possible be constructed, and that 
every care be exercised in giving 
the developing larva the proper 
food. This work had been under 
way for a week, and it was almost 
time to cap the queen-cell, when 
I again visited the site of the 
barb shears. 

T\rO progress had been made 

’ %hatsoever. The shears had 
been' reconstructed perhaps thou- 
sand's of times, and my half-hu- 
man-minded Owos were showing 
a real characteristic of humanity 
as opposed to the bees. They were 
becoming discouraged. I found it 
necessary to take a hand, not 
only to accomplish results, but to 
maintain respect. I studied their 

* Natural queen-cells are usually con- 
structed by the bees along the lower edges 
of combs or in the corners, and they point 
downward. Numerous queen-cell cups, which 
are the bases of such cells, will usually be 
found in any colony. When the bees are ready 
to rear a queen, either the queen deposits a 
fertilized egg in one of these cups, or the 
workers transfer a fertilized egg from a 
worker cell to a cup. From then on, it is 
a matter of feeding the developing larva the 
properly proportioned food and building the 
cell down to enclose the larvae. 


methods and then conceived the 
means. 

I directed an Owo to find a 
dead Owo and bring her back to 
the hive. This being done, I di- 
rected that she be dissected to 
the extent that her sting could 
be removed, and this was done. I 
then directed that one Owo grasp 
the base of the sting between her 
mandibles and draw it back and 
forth between the sand grains 
as other Owos manipulated the 
propolis mounting in such fash- 
ion as to gradually bring one 
sand grain up to the other with 
the sting between. I stood by to 
watch the results. Gradually, 
the two sand grains were 
brought closer together until 
there was no clearance between 
them and the sting of the dead 
bee. Then contact was made, and 
a minute quantity of the barbs 
was sheared off. Still closer con- 
tact was made, and every last 
vestige of the barbs was re- 
moved. I halted the work, direct- 
ed that the grains be securely 
fastened so, and asked for volun- 
teers to try the shears. A dozen 
stepped forward, thrust their 
stings through the shears, and 
had the barbs removed without 
one iota of ill effect. I rejoiced 
that success was mine. 

Perhaps half of my colony had 
used the shears when the smoke 
came again. At the time, I could 
not quite account for the manip- 
ulation the man made. We had 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


129 


already been robbed, and we had 
not yet accumulated enough 
stores to warrant another rob- 
bing. I could only guess that the 
man was angry because we were 
intractable and was looking us 
over for whatever he might find. 
He found the queen cell, which 
had now been capped, and, to my 
extreme disgust and surging 
hate, he removed it. If I had 
been human, I am sure that I 
would have died of brain trouble 
of some sort, for my anger, rage, 
and hate consumed me. Not only 
did the smoke make me as sick 
as ever before, but my plans 
against the man were retarded 
by man’s own hands. I can not 
describe it, so the subject may 
well be dropped. 

There was nothing to do but 
start over again, and I directed 
the construction of a half dozen 
new queen cells in as remote 
corners of the combs as possi- 
ble. I also directed that, should 
the hives be opened again, large 
numbers of Owos cluster over 
these cells and hide them from 
view as much as possible. In the 
meantime, every Owo passed her 
sting through the shears and 
was made a fighter of no mean 
possibilities. 

Under the stress of disappoint- 
ment, hate, and foiled plans, I 
lost my judgment, and directed 
that the fight be carried to the 
man at once with barbless stings 
in the hope of killing this partic- 


ular man at once. I directed that 
a company of two hundred bees 
seek out man and his kind every 
hour of the day and sting him 
unmercifully. The havoc this 
campaign wrought I learned 
about fully at a later date. My 
wife and my children were forced 
to stay indoors, but my father 
took action. 

In justifying my action, I con- 
tented myself with the thought 
that I had taken it up with Omar, 
Fritz, and others in my council 
of drones and obtained their as- 
sent. I overlooked the fact that 
in successfully completing the 
barb shears, and in planning for 
the breeding of my successor, I 
had so completely won their con- 
fidence and respect that they had 
virtually become what humans 
call “yes men.” They regarded 
me as wise beyond comprehen- 
sion, and thought that I could 
not fail. They sought to aid me 
in carrying out my plans rather 
than in looking for possible de- 
fects. But perhaps it was better 
so. 

T HE day came very shortly 
when I realized that my fa- 
ther would not give up an inch 
in his battle with my brood. The 
new queen cells were only fairly 
well under way when he came 
again with the stench of rolling, 
billowing clouds of smoke, and 
dressed to perfection as a guard 
against stings. I was shortly 


130 


AMAZING STORIES 


very nearly unconscious, for I 
had never before experienced 
such terribly thick and complete- 
ly awful clouds of smoke. They 
rolled about me and obscured my 
vision, and so distressed my 
breathing that I was incapable 
of any degree of muscular ac- 
tivity. In this condition, I was 
barely conscious that the hive 
was being most thoroughly 
searched for my presence, and, in 
the end, I was found. 

In the few short seconds when 
a person realizes that death is 
inevitable a myriad of thoughts 
can race through his mind, It 
was so in my case. I saw the ap- 
proach of a bright, shining tool, 
and I realized that the end was 
near. I recalled that bright tool. 
It was a pair of thin nosed, nickle 
plated pliers. I had used those 
same pliers, in company with my 
father, in picking the queen from 
the combs that my own body had 
replaced. Now it was my turn! 
My father probably reasoned 
that the offspring of the new 
queen would be more easily han- 
dled. There was no reason why 
he should not think this, for or- 
dinarily, the bees we kept were 
not at all ill-tempered. He very 
likely thought that, while my 
parent stock was probably satis- 
factory, I was a freak that pro- 
duced near demons instead of 
bees. 

I had perhaps a split second to 
think these things out as I saw 


the approach of the pliers. I was 
too weak to run or fly. I attempt- 
ed to give orders to those work- 
ers near me to never accept the 
new queen he would introduce, 
but I was too late. The pliers 
closed on my thorax, and I was 
lifted from the comb. 

I did not meet instant death. 
The principal contents of my tho- 
rax were muscles for driving my 
legs and wings which were at- 
tached thereto. The heart and 
other vital organs reposed in my 
long, slender abdomen and these 
were unaffected. While I knew 
that death would ultimately come 
as a result of the complete crush- 
ing of my thorax, I could only 
suffer untold agony at the mo- 
ment. When cast aside, I fell, 
mortally injured, in front of the 
entrance to the hive. 

F ROM the point where I lay I 
watched the activities as I suf- 
fered in silence. The heavenly 
fresh air on the outside, totally 
free from the strangling fumes 
I could see emanating from the 
smoker, was a blessing indeed, 
and cleared my senses. I saw my 
guard fight the man and was 
proud of them. They flew before 
him in droves obscuring his vi- 
sion, and retired for the moment 
only when greeted by a blast of 
smoke. I could see the man wince 
and slap at his body, and I knew 
that some of my beloved Owos 
had penetrated his clothing, to 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


131 


meet their deaths in the per- 
formance of the duties I had as- 
signed them. I did not relish the 
thought of dying and leaving 
such loyal subjects behind. I had 
learned to love them, just as I 
had learned to hate mankind. 

I was almost gone when the 
man retired. I was missed in a 
short while, and a number of my 
faithful Owos, searching for me, 
came upon me on the ground. A 
little while longer and they would 
have been too late. 

“Oh, Masoul, what has he 
done?” asked one of my most 
trusted Owos. 

“He has killed me, Owo,” I re- 
plied. “In a short while I die.” 

“Then what can we do?” 

“Has he placed a new Masoul 
in the city?” I asked. 

“That he has, and she smells 
not right. We have tried to kill 
her, but we can not reach her.” 

“You will reach her in a few 
days.' and then you must kill her, 
even though her smell is good. 
You understand? You must kill 
her.” 

“Masoul, we may kill her, but 
he has destroyed our queen cells. 
What shall we do for Masoul?” 

I thought a moment before re- 
plying, and when I “spoke” 
again, the clouds of death were 
hovering near. 

“Owo, my faithful Owo, hear 
me. I laid eggs to-day, and in 
three days they hatch. After one 
or two days, the young hatched 


larva is not good with which to 
rear Masoul. You must work fast. 
I charge you, Owo, select a great 
many Owos and fly to the woods. 
Choose a hollow tree that is re- 
mote from man and hard for 
man to find. In that tree build 
comb rapidly ere the three days 
expire, even if it be but a small 
amount. As soon as this is done, 
choose three or four eggs and fly 
with them to your new city, and 
rear Masoul there. Take with 
you my drones. One of them shall 
mate with new Masoul. When 
Masoul lays eggs, come back to 
this city, and persuade every 
Owo and drone to fly with you 
to the new city. Carry with you 
all the honey you may. Rob this 
city for the benefit of the new. 
Abandon this city when the new 
Masoul shall lay eggs. Carry 
with you in your minds those 
things I have taught you, and 
carry on the fight against man.” 

If I had been speaking by the 
use of vocal cords and respira- 
tory apparatus, I am sure that 
the last few words would have 
come in gasps, or perhaps not 
been said at all. Sixth sense was 
failing me even as I endeavored 
to emanate the last of these 
thoughts, and I was not sure 
that they were all properly com- 
prehended. I “heard” no reply, 
for the dark clouds that were 
hemming me in settled closer 
until it seemed that they cov- 
ered my pain-racked body with 


132 


AMAZING STORIES 


downy softness, and I went to 
sleep — blessed, restful sleep. 

CHAPTER VII 

I DO not know, of course, just 
how long the reverse transfer 
took, but it seemed to me but an 
instant before I was again con- 
scious, and in human form. I 
opened my eyes, cautiously, half 
fearfully. 

Directly in front of me a few 
hundred feet away I saw a rath- 
er large, red sandstone building. 
There was a helpful sign across 
the entrance to disclose its iden- 
tity. It read: “Dr. Ray’s Sani- 
tarium.” There was a large, beau- 
tiful, shady lawn between me 
and the building, with here and 
there a patient in a wheel chair 
with attendant nurses. Restrict- 
ing my gaze to my own vicinity, 
I found that I, too, was in a 
wheel chair, and that within a 
very few feet there was a quite 
good looking, white-clad nurse 
calmly reading a magazine. 

It was several minutes before 
I ventured upon a conversation, 
for I wanted to make sure that I 
would be quite calm myself. At 
length I thought that my poise 
would be secure. 

“Good morning, Nurse,” I 
said. “Would you mind telling 
me just why I am here?” 

I have never seen anyone so 
surprised in my life. She dropped 
her magazine instantly, and 


came, I think, very near to faint- 
ing. 

“Why — why yes! No! How da 
you feel?” she gasped. 

“I feel quite hungry, Miss. I’d 
like to have a big beefsteak 
smothered with onions. What are 
the chances?” 

By this time the nurse was on 
the road to recovery. 

“Your chances are excellent,” 
she replied, smiling. “There 
won’t be a one of us that won’t 
be so darned glad to see you feed- 
ing yourself that we won’t know 
what to do. You have been the 
most helpless man for the last 
two months that I ever saw. In 
fact, you have been nothing more 
than a lump of clay with life in 
it, and you would have starved 
to death if we had not resorted 
to forced feeding. But come on. 
You are going to see Dr. Ray be- 
fore you do anything else.” 

My rides in a wheel chair have 
been distinctly limited. If I ever 
have to ride in another one, I 
hope it won’t be quite so fast. 
Nurse broke the speed limit 
across the lawn. 

Dr. Ray was quite astonished 
at my instant recovery, and 
asked all manner of questions, 
which I side-stepped to the best 
of my ability. He became exas- 
perated. 

“It would be a great help to us 
if you would give us some sort 
of inkling as to what happened,” 
he snapped. “It might help us 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


133 


some in our treatment of New- 
ton Ware.” 

“Oh, is he here, too?” I asked, 
instantly. 

“He most certainly is. The two 
of you completely out were found 
in his laboratory in the midst of 
an array of broken equipment. 
You had apparently had quite a 
struggle, and we are quite sure 
that either you hit him on the 
head with some heavy equipment, 
or else he fell into it with tre- 
mendous force. He has been a 
much better patient than you, 
however. Most of the time he is 
fairly rational, but a part of the 
time he sits around with his in- 
separable notebook, studying it, 
and mumbling about a constant 
for a queen and ‘a period of five 
minutes, no longer.’ When he 
does that, he sees nothing, hears 
nothing, and looks very much as 
if he has a terrible headache. His 
trouble is undoubtedly caused by 
the blow on the head.” 

“Perhaps it might help if I 
could see Mr. Ware and talk with 
him,” I suggested. “A sudden 
shock, you know.” 

“I wanted to try that.” 

YY7HEN Newton was brought 
’’ in I looked at him intently, 
spoke his name quietly, and con- 
tinued to look at him. 

It was apparent at once that 
my presence, actions, and voice 
were having an effect. Newton’s 
eyes were perfectly dull when he 


entered the room, but now there 
seemed to be a trace of return- 
ing brightness appearing by 
flashes. The struggle within him 
went on for five minutes before 
the victory was won, but, in the 
end, his eyes became clear, 
bright, and steady. 

“Well!” he exclaimed. “How. 
did you get back?” 

“I am asking you,” I replied. 
“The queen was killed, and I 
thought I was dying, but I did- 
n’t. I came-to out on the grounds 
a few minutes ago.” 

Newton grabbed his notebook 
in feverish haste and studied it 
intently. Dr. Ray looked worried, 
but did not interfere. While New- 
ton was studying. Dr. Ray asked 
me, “What queen? What is he 
talking about?” but I paid him 
no heed. I was too much interest- 
ed in my friend. 

Ware put the notebook away 
with a very sad expression. 

“I remember now what hap- 
pened. The experiment was suc- 
cessful. But my formulas, unfor- 
tunately, did. not tell me what 
would happen upon mixing small 
per cents of different intelli- 
gences. I transferred you about 
98%, leaving 2% to insure the 
life of your body, while I trans- 
ferred the queen only 5%, leaving 
95% for you to ride in on top of 
and make use of. How did you 
get along?” 

“Splendidly. I understand a lot 
of things now. The 95% was a 


134 


AMAZING STORIES 


great help. But how did 1 get 
along?” 

“You got along horribly,” he 
answered. “You went wild. I 
tried to control you and preserve 
the equipment, but I failed. The 
last thing that I can remember 
is that I fell violently as the re- 
sult of a tremendous push. You 
had the strength of a mad man.” 

“Dr. Ray says the equipment 
was badly disrupted. That being 
the case, can you explain how I 
got back?” I asked. 

“I can remember that much. 
Your intelligence was not firmly 
bound into her body in the same 
sense that it would have been had 
you been born in it. When the 
body died, you were released. 
Since your own body still lived, 
your mind probably made the re- 
turn trip with the speed of 
light.” 

Newton’s face fell as he con- 
tinued. 

“But that is the end of the ex- 
perimentation. There will be no 
more transfei-s. The particular 
inspiration for the conception 
and interpretation of these for- 
mulas, you once told me I had, is 
gone, and I do not understand 
them. In some strange way, I 
seem to know that I shall never 
recover that inspiration.” 

“See if you can remember this 
one feature about it,” I said, 
somewhat nervously. “Am I, 
now, carrying o% queen in my 
brain?” 


I THOUGHT surely that he was 
going to relapse, he looked so 
distressed, and I was sorry that 
I had said anything. The strug- 
gle within him must have lasted 
a minute. 

“I am sure I do not know,” he 
said. “You will have to deter- 
mine that for yourself, if you 
can. Let’s go home and forget it.” 

Not until then did we realize 
that we had an audience, so in- 
tent had we been on our discus- 
sion. Unfortunately for us, Dr. 
Ray had heard every word and 
understood very little. He insist- 
ed upon an explanation, and we 
refused to give it. He kept us 
three days before he would re- 
lease us with a clean bill of 
health, and he only released us 
then, after I had given him my 
reluctant promise to send him a 
written account of the whole 
story. 

My reunion with my family 
was joyous in the extreme. They 
had practically given me up as a 
hopeless case, even though they 
knew they had placed me in the 
care of the most competent phy- 
sician in the country for what 
they thought was a mental dis- 
order. 

I found that my colony of bees 
had become so ferocious that my 
father had moved them to the 
farthest corner of the farm a 
mile from the house. I visited 
them, wearing a veil, as soon as 
I could with decency excuse my- 


THE COUNCIL OF DRONES 


135 


self from my rejoicing family. 

I sat down by the side of the 
hive wherein I had my abode. 
Bees flew about me in clouds, and 
I was forced to keep my hands in 
my pockets. In a measure, I was 
sad. Sixth sense was gone, and 
I could not communicate with 
them. Perhaps, I reflected, if I 
thought hard enough they might 
sense it. 

“Owos,” I thought, with the 
very utmost concentration, 
“please do not do it. I, Masoul, 
wish you not to. Do not sting me, 
for I am Masoul returned to hu- 
manity. I will take care of you 
and see that you enter the winter 
with bounteous stores. I will not 
use smoke when I visit you. You 
may even rear a new Masoul in 
your own city, and we shall work 
together in harmony. Do you 
hear me, Owos?” 

The reward for my effort was 
several sharp stings. Several of 
the bees had penetrated my cloth- 
ing, and, with barbless stingers, 


were dealing me misery. I was 
forced to slap at them until I had 
killed them. I left the swarm 
then, knowing that I could never 
again communicate with them, 
and that, as a human, my work 
was cut out for me. The colony 
died that day as the result of 
poisoning with carbon bisulphide 
gas. I burned all that remained 
when the asphyxiation was com- 
plete. 

T HIS is my story as written for 
Dr. Ray. Since he is to read it, 
I may as well give it to the world. 
While you are reading it, I shall 
be getting together my beekeep- 
ing equipment. 

They tell me that times are 
getting better and that I could 
probably find employment if I 
tried. In fact, Newton Ware has 
found a very good position for 
himself. As for myself — well, I 
am just not interested. I am a 
beekeeper for life. 

THE END 


SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY OFFER 


AMAZING • 434 South Wabash Avenue » Chicago S, Illinois 

Send me 9 Issue* of AMAZING St the Special Introductory rate of only $2 (regular 
rate S3.60 a year). 

□ Payment enclosed — send all 9 Issues. 

□ I'U pay when billed — send 8 Issue*. 

NAME 

ADDRESS - 

CITY — ZONE STATE 

(Additional postage for addresses not la V. 8. or Canada: 601 par 

year for Pan American countries ; fl per year for all other foreign.) AM-62 


NOTE: LONG-TERM OFFER 
FOR EXTRA SAVINGS! 
It issues oaly 11.75 

□ Payment enclosed — 

send IS issues. 

□ Send 16 Issues and bill 
me later. 


136 


AMAZING STORIES 


o 





SPECTROSCOPE 


by S. E. COTTS 


Daybreak — 2250 A.D. By Andre 
Norton. 182 pp. Ace Books. Pa- 
per: 354. 

This is a reprint, but I’ll report 
on it here as I missed it before, 
and I will always take the time to 
read an Andre Norton novel. 
After indulging myself I can 
happily announce that my time 
wasn’t wasted. It is definitely 
one of her best. If I have any 
gripe, it is not with the writing, 
but with the fact that the book 
was retitled. It was originally 
published as Star Man’s Son. 
This practice of changing names 
can have no other purpose than 
to gull the unwary into purchas- 
ing an old product in a new box. 
It is an old trick, but one which 
I had usually associated more 
with Grade C movies than with 
Grade A book's. A superior prod- 
uct needs no excuses in order to 
make a reappearance. 

Gripes aside, this is a wonder- 
ful story. Set some 200 years 
after the near-destruction of the 
world in a nuclear holocaust, it 


deals less with the reasons for 
the tragedy and more with the 
way life and customs have been 
carried on. We are introduced to 
three main groupings ; the farm- 
ers, the herders, and the seekers 
after knowledge. The hero be- 
longs to the last category, though 
he has been denied full member- 
ship because he is a mutant. The 
story deals with his attempts to 
win recognition for himself as 
a gatherer of knowledge and 
worthy successor to his father. 

One hint to the author might 
be in order, however. Miss Nor- 
ton need make no apologies for 
the fact that she is a woman. She 
writes in ;ln almost aggressively 
masculine manner. No one would 
ever accuse her of frailty or 
weakness. The deeds she de- 
scribes are robust, with many of 
the qualities of the old epic 
poems. But her complete exclu- 
sion of any romantic tinges, or 
indeed, of any characters who 
happen to be famale by accident 
of birth, is as unrealistic as the 


137 


work of those authors who do 
nothing but write “girlie" tales 
%vith a little science thrown in. 
Take one man’s word for it, Miss 
Norton — the last way to emulate 
masculine writing is to be anti- 
feminine. So relax and give us 
everything in moderation. We’ve 
accepted you in the ranks of us 
“mighty men,” and there’s noth- 
ing more to prove. 

The Unsleep. By Diana and Meir 
Gillon. 207 pp. Ballantine Books. 
Paper: 50 <f. 

Dare I suggest that something 
is happening to the British? It’s 
too early to say yet whether the 
changes I’ve observed are due to 
a kind of “silly season” that will 
burn itself out before long, or 
whether they are symptomatic of 
a change of life. A short time 
ago, this column devoted some 
space to The Primal Urge by 
Brian Aldiss, a book which I 
took, at the time, to be nothing 
more than an author’s letting 
off of steam for pui-poses of en- 
tertainment. It dealt with the 
government-sponsored drive to 
get all Englishmen equipped 
with an Emotional Register so 
that people could no longer hide 
their feelings for anyone else in 
the darkest recesses of their 
souls. Now along comes another 
book (also from Ballantine — 
maybe it’s a publisher’s plot!) 
with English authors and with 
equally earth-shaking news for 


all Englishmen. Government 
clinics are now dispensing Sta- 
Wake to all who want it. “Don’t 
waste your life,” booms the TV. 
“Sta-Wake will banish forever 
the need to replenish your ener- 
gies with time-consuming sleep.” 
jThe problems England has faced 
in her long history seem infini- 
tesimal compared to the ones 
these two books foist upon her. 

Though Sta-Wake seems just 
the thing for the drudging Eng- 
lish millions, it brings a whole 
host of problems. Once taken, 
there is no known antidote. And 
what to do with all that leisure 
time once it’s obtained? And 
what about the bed manufactur- 
ers? And what will happen to 
the stalwarts who hold out 
against it? 

One such stalwart, named Pe- 
ter Gregory, is the hero of the 
book. But before long, he finds 
that his decision has brought 
him much more than he bar- 
gained for. His wife is, at first, 
submissive (which her PQ chart 
said was her type), but then she 
rebels and gets her shot, com- 
pleting his sense of isolation 
from his fellows. She joins the 
wild merry-go-round of activity 
in order to fill her time — first 
with parties, then sex, gambling, 
and finally education and cul- 
ture. 

As far as the handling of all 
this in the Gillons’ book, they 
manage to keep their unruly sub- 


138 


AMAZING STORIES 


ject very well under control. 
However, in their effort to have 
a real story with a certain 
amount of conflict and not just a 
single-edged satire, they intro- 
duce several other threads. Ab- 
stractly speaking, this is a good 
thing, but in the present in- 
stance it has not been done too 
successfully. The various parts 
block each other’s progress, and 
I think the book would have ben- 
efited from either the elimina- 
tion or reduction of the parts 
where Peter Gregory takes to 
writing fiction. For the most 
part, though, it’s an enjoyable 
book and a well-written one by 
two welcome new voices in the 
science fiction field. 

Here England has been duti- 
fully concerning herself these 
days with the soundness of the 
pound and the question of sta- 
bility within the Commonwealth 
versus stability within the Com- 
mon Market, and all this time, 
an insidious danger has been 
lurking right under her nose — 
not Young Men who are Angry 
(they have already gotten their 
share of the home front public- 
ity), but the Young Men who are 
Irreverent. How many people 
do I know who have stood up 
staunchly in the face of crisis, 
but who melt at the first flick of 
ridicule! We extend the welcome 
mat to all such Irreverents, par- 
ticularly if they're from someone 
else’s country. 


The Voices of Time. By J. G. 

Ballard. 158 pp. Berkley Medal- 
lion Books. Paper: 50 4 . 

Another (and a very different) 
look at what might happen when 
the need for sleep has been abol- 
ished, is furnished by one of 
J. G. Ballard’s short stories. 
Called “Manhole 69,” it traces a 
few nights in the lives of three 
men who have been relieved of 
the need for sleep by a delicate 
brain operation. ' 

My first acquaintance with the 
work of Mr. Ballard was in a 
Judy Merril anthology which 
contained a story titled “The 
Sound Sweep.” This followed the 
strange, sad relationship be- 
tween a mute and a retired opera 
singer. It is also included in the 
current anthology, and my opin- 
ion remains the same — that hei - e 
is a highly original story fi-om a 
talented new writer (in its poign- 
ance, not unlike the story of the 
deaf mute and his strange de- 
pendents in Carson McCullers’ 
The Heart is a Lonely Hunter). 
It is very revealing, however, to 
see this story among Mr. Bal- 
lai-d’s other ones here. For it 
turns out that “The Sound 
Sweep” is not at all typical of his 
output on two gi’ounds : tone and 
quality. 

As far as the difference in tone 
goes, my remarks are not to be 
taken as a form of criticism, 
merely as comparison. Though 
“The Sound Sweep” is not a hap- 


THE SPECTROSCOPE 


139 


py story, it is positively gay 
when taken next to the others. 
For they are almost completely 
dark and grim, or at the least, 
filled with tension. For instance, 
a man slowly goes insane, three 
men cannot sleep any more, a 
man produces duplicates of him- 
self with tragic results, etc. 

iV. 

As far as quality goes, only 
one other of the seven included 
can match “The Sound Sweep” 
in its perfect blend of ideas and 
realization of them. It is called 
“Deep End” and it concerns a 
man’s decision to stay on Earth 
even though it has become a dy- 
ing planet. The other stories, 
though they show clearly the au- 
thor’s obvious gift for writing, 
have too great a disparity be- 
tween the size of their concep- 
tions and the extent of their ful- 
fillments. (Not to mention the 
difficulties even the most experi- 
enced writers face when trying 
to fit large ideas into the short 
story form ! ) It takes much more 
than grandiose prose about 
“drifting epochs,” “aisles of 
light” and “chasmic eddies” to 
make a vision. First must come 
a clear philosophical concept; 
then, if the Muse is on one’s side, 
the words will grow organically 
from this concept. I’m not too 
worried, however. I suspect that 
time and the maturing process 
will solve this problem for Mr. 
Ballard. For, as I said earlier, he 
did solve it in one story, “Deep 


End,” and this is not the kind of 
problem that gets solved by acci- 
dent — even once. 

Planet of the Damned. By Har- 
ry Harrison. 135 pp. Bantam 
Books. Paper: W<i. 

This is Mr. Harrison’s third 
book of which I am aware. One I 
just reviewed last month, but 
Planet of the Damned bears little 
relation to it. It is much more 
like his first novel, Death-world. 
Both of these novels treated of 
planets whose environments 
were so hostile as to make hu- 
man life as we know it unsup- 
portable. Given a situation like 
this, many writers would invent 
a scientifically-minded people 
who lived in airdomes- or under- 
ground, etc. But not Harry Har- 
rison. His people are rugged, 
and with no proper equipment 
and the most primitive of tools, 
they set out to adapt themselves 
to the worst their land has to of- 
fer. They never attempt to mod- 
ify the exterior ; they themselves 
must change — or else. 

This is fine as long as the au- 
thor sticks to a straight narra- 
tive. But when the time comes 
for an explanation of how these 
adaptations are made, whether it 
be biologically or ecologically, 
the author seems on weaker 
ground. It is unfortunate that 
Mr. Harrison’s solutions are not 
as original as the problems he 
sets up. 


140 


AMAZING STORIES 


Dear Cele: 

I have read with great pleas- 
ure and with a whole series of 
modest blushes the S. F. Profile 
of myself written by the amiable 
and flattering pen of Sam Mos- 
kowitz. 

However, an error slipped into 
the piece which involves someone 
other than myself, and does him 
a grave injustice. I feel that I 
must correct this and I would 
appreciate it, therefore, if you 
would print this letter in your 
reader’s column. 

Mr. Moskowitz tells the story 
of how I provided an item for 
Donald A. Wollheim free of 
charge and was then threat- 
ened by John W. Campbell, Jr., 
editor of astounding science 
fiction with a blackballing un- 
less I obtained payment. 

This incident (which took 
place in late 1940) is a bit more 
complicated than it appears to 
be in the Profile. However the 
point is that the editor who did 
the threatening was not Mr. 
Campbell. It was another man, 
now dead, whose name is not 
important. 

Let me state as flatly as I can 
that Mr. John W. Campbell, Jr. 
has never, never, never threat- 
ened to reject my stories for any 
reason whatever, except for that 
of being unworthy of publica- 
tion. I have known him very well 



over a period of nearly a quarter 
of a century, and I wish to state 
that using his editorial position 
as a club is foreign to his nature. 
Furthermore, as far as I person- 
ally am concerned, in all the 
years we have worked together, 
John Campbell has been kind- 
ness itself to me at all times, and 
if I owe my career to anyone, it 
is to him. 

Isaac Asimov 

• Our apologies for an unin- 
tended error to Messrs. Asimov 
and Campbell. 


Dear Editor: 

Exactly what was Mr. David 
Hadaway trying to prove in his 
March letter? 

He stated that sf is essentially 

141 


. . . OR SO YOU SAY 


the same now as it was 20 years 
ago — he described it as being all 
“blood and thunder.” To illus- 
trate his debatable point he 
pointed out that both featured 
stories in the November amaz- 
ing were exactly that — “blood 
and thunder” action/adventure 
yarns. 

How low can a person get! 
I’m afraid that David Hadaway 
drew his conclusions just a little 
too quickly for them to be at all 
convincing. I’m sure that you at 
AMAZING didn’t make any at- 
tempt to transform Mr. Maine’s 
novel into any kind of a “liter- 
ary” effort. It was as you de- 
scribed it: “A taut drama of 
scientific intrigue.” 

Even if that one issue did fit 
in with his preconception of sf, 
has he not heard of collecting in- 
formation from more than one or 
two sources before drawing a 
conclusion? It seems as if he de- 
liberately chose fact to fit his 
theory instead of theory to fit 
fact. 

Using the “Hadaway yard- 
stick” then as a tool to measure 
sf, we can draw this conclu- 
sion (s): “Pawn of the Black 
Fleet” = sf = poor characteriza- 
tion and “blood and thunder” ac- 
tion/adventure. Mr. Hadaway 
will have to do some fast talking 
to convince me of the validity of 
that equation — one drawn direct- 
ly fi'om his ’own fallacious in- 
ferences ! 


General comments : please, 
more Schmitz! I’m not at all 
fussy. I like him in any shape or 
form and Wellan Dasinger isn’t 
a bad fit. I would also like to 
commend artist Lloyd Birming- 
ham on his March cover. I won- 
der what he’d look like on the 
inside? (Ed.: you’ll see in July.) 

I’m afraid that Anderson’s 
February story wasn’t up to his 
usual level, but it did have some 
interesting things to say about 
men — and politicians. 

“Mindfield” was light-years 
beyond Herbert’s October con- 
tribution, both in scope and ex- 
ecution. I really enjoyed that one 
all the way. 

Ken Winkes 
Arlington, Wash. 

• Couldn’t agree more. Be- 
sides, ive’d rather “sink” to 
blood -and-thunder, if necessary, 
than to thud-and-blunder. FYI, 
more Schmitz stories scheduled 
in future issues. 


Dear Editor: 

The guest editorial by Bob 
Bloch came as a surprise to me. 
For the past year or so I have 
been writing and asking why he 
has been absent from your pages 
for so long — and either the letter 
wasn’t printed or that part was 
cut out, as it probably will be 
from this letter, if it is printed. 
As I have many times said, Bob 
Bloch is a great writer in sf as 


142 


AMAZING STORIES 


well as in horrors, and I’m still 
hoping to see a story from him in 
either your pages or in FAN- 
TASTIC’S. 

The rest of the stories in your 
March issue were all good, but 
the best was “Mindfield!” by 
Frank Herbert. The thing I like 
about his stories, besides the 
fact that they are well-written, 
is that his ideas are original. 
But then, all the stories in that 
issue seemed to have a new con- 
cept to add to the field- 

Bob Adolfsen 
9 Prospect Ave. 
Sea Cliff, N.Y. 

• Bloch is in great demand in 
Hollywood as a top-price script 
writer — which is why he ivould 
like to — hut can’t — 'write more 
for us. 

Dear Editor: 

please ! ! It’s bad enough that 
one magazine publishes Ferdi- 
nand Feghoot! Please tell me 
that Benedict Breadfruit was 
just a filler for the March issue 
only! The space wasted by it 
could be put to better use, I’m 
sure. For instance, an An Lab 
similar to the one published by 
ASF, I am a fairly new convert 
to sf, and I would like to see a 
small Fanzine review, reviewing 
one fanzine a month. You could 
put it at the end of The Spectro- 
scope. 

On the whole, I like shorter 


If you’ve recently changed your 
address, or plan to in the near 
future, be sure to notify us at 
once. We'll make the necessary 
changes on your mailing plate, and 
see to it that your subscription 
continues without interruption. 
Right now — print the information 
requested in the spaces at the 
bottom and mail it to: AMAZING 
STORIES, 434 So. Wabash Ave., 
Chicago 5, Illinois. 


Name Please PRINT! 


*Account No. 


Old Address 


City State 


New Address 


City Zone State 

Mail copies to new address starting 

with issue. 

♦(Your Account Number appears 
directly above your name on the 
mailing label.) 


HOW TO PUBLISH 

Join our successful authors in a 
complete and reliable publishing 
program: publicity, advertising, 
handsome books. Speedy, efficient 
service. Send for FREE manuscript 
, report & copy of Publish Your Book. 

D AA|f CARLTON PRESS Dept. TF1 

DUUii 84 Fifth Ave ” New Y ° rk "• n ‘ y - 


UNUSUAL BOOKS 

Flying Saucers, Occult. Herbs, Mani- 
pulation, Health, Spiritualism, Theo- 
sophy etc. Lists Free! We can supply 
any book — in or out of print. 

HEALTH RESEARCH 

MOKELUMNE HILL IS, CALIFORNIA 



. . . OR SO YOU SAY 


143 


stories better than longer ones, 
but if you keep on publishing se- 
rials on par with the ones you 
have been publishing lately, like 
“Second Ending,” “Pawn of the 
Black Feet,” and “The Man Who 
Had No Brains,” I am all for se- 
rials. Keep ’em cornin’! 

As to the rest of the contents 
of the March ish, I could not 
wade thru the first five pages of 
“Mindfield !,” but the rest of the 
stories were extremely well writ- 
ten. 


I agree whole-heartedly with 
Bob Bloch’s editorial. There is 
much top-grade science fiction 
available today, which would not 
be too hard on the producer’s 
budget, such as Murray Lein- 
ster’s “Med” series. 

Gary Pokrassa, 

Franklin Square 
New York 

• Sorry. Love ns, love our 
Breadfruit. That’s the way it 
goes around here. 


COMING NEXT MONTH 

Keith Laumer returns in the July issue of AMAZING with the 
intensely exciting beginning of a provocative new novel, A 
Trace of Memory. 

Laumer's story ranges 
through time and space as an 
alien and an earthman battle 
for the secret of their minds. 

The July AMAZING will also 
feature The Chamber of Life, 
a Classic Reprint, by G. Pey- 
ton Wertenbaker; the second 
instalment of Ben Bova's ex- 
citing extrapolations about 
extra-terrestrial life; and sev- 
eral other short stories and 
special features, plus all our 
regular departments. 

Do not miss this fine issue— on sale at your newsstand June 7. 



144 




' — 

L 


Bate: 25<J per word including name and address. Minimum 10 
words. Send orders and remittance to AMAZING STORIES, One 
Park Avenue, New York 16, New York. Attention Martin Lincoln. 


AUTHORS 


AUTHORS! Learn how to have your book 
published, promoted, distributed. Free booklet 
"ZD", Vantage, 120 West 31 St., New York 1. 


BINOCULARS AND 
TELESCOPES 


SCIENCE BARGAINS— Request Free Giant 
Catalog "CJ"— 144 pages— Astronomical Tel- 
escopes, Microscopes, Lenses, Binoculars, 
Kits, Parts. War Surplus bargains. Edmund 
Scientific Co., Barrington, New Jersey. 


BOOKS AND MAGAZINES 


SPECIALISTS: Science-Fiction, Fantasy, Weird 
Fiction. Books, pocketbooks. Lists issued. 
Stephen's Book Service, 71 Third Avenue, 
New York 3, N. Y. 


FANTASY & SF BOOKS & Mags lowest prices, 
list free. Werewolf Bookshop, 7055M Shannon 
Road, Verona, Pa. 


BACK Issue, Science Fiction, Magazines and 
Books. Pocket Editions 5 for $1.15. Free lists. 
John E. Koestner, 2124 Rene Ct., Brooklyn 37, 
N. Y. 


READ Science Fiction Fanzines, 8 for $1.00. 
Seth A. Johnson, 339 Stiles St., Vaux Hall, 
N. J. 


BOOKS, Pocketbooks, magazines. Tremendous 
stock, reasonable prices. Lists on requests. 
Science Fiction and Fantasy. Publications, 78-04 
Jamaica Avenue, Woodhaven 21, N. Y. 


"NAME the book— we'll find it for you"! Out- 
of-print book specialists. All subjects. (Title 
alone is sufficient. Write— no obligation. 
Books-On-File, Dept., AMF, Union City, New 
Jersey. 


EDUCATIONAL Books. Physical and Psychical, 
including The Vais. The most revealing book 
ever published pertaining to the spirit side 
of life. Free Details, Thomas E. Wade, 458 
Arbor, Cleveland 8, Ohio. 


FANTASY & SF paperbacks, 6/S1.75. J. D. 
Roth, 1007 West Exchange. Jerseyville, ILL. 


BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES 


FREE BOOK "990 Successful, Little-Known 
Businesses." Work home! Plymouth-455R, 
Brooklyn 4, New York. 


SECOND Income From Oil Can End Your Toill 
Free Book and Oilfield Maps! National Petro- 
leum, PanAmerican Building-A, Miami 32, 
Florida. 


MAKE $25-$50 week, clipping newspaper 
items for publishers. Some clippings worth 
$5.00 each. Particulars free. National, 81 -DG 
Knickerbocker Station, New York. 


FUN and Fortune 20 Acre mining claims, $25 
each. Send to TUMCO, Box 271, Pittman, 
Nevada Deed and map included. 


BOOKS— All 10$, 200 titles, all subjects, 

catalog free. Cosmar, Clayton, Ga. 


"NAME the book— we'll find it for you"! Out- 
of-print book specialists. All subjects. (Title 
alone is sufficient). Write— no obligation. 
Books-On-File, Dept. AMF, Union City, New 
Jersey. 


ASSEMBLE Artificial Lures at home for stores. 
Materials supplied Free. Profitable! Write: 
Lures, Ft. Walton Beach 1, Florida. 


I MADE $40,000.00 Year by Mailorder! Helped 
others make money! Start with $10.00— Free 
Poof. Torrey, Box 3566-N, Oklahoma City 6, 
Oklahoma. 


EMPLOYMENT 

INFORMATION 


DIRECTORY Reports. Construction, aviation, 
shipping, oilfields, government, manufactur- 
ing, trucking etc. Foreign-Stateside. Helpful 
information plus job-getting tips on preparing 
application letters. Uncinditional money-back 
guarantee of satisfaction. Act Today. Only 
$2.00. ($2.25 Airmail) (C.O.D.'s Accepted) 

Research Services, Meramec Building, St. Louis 
5-Z, Missouri. 


WHATEVER your needs. Amazing classified 
can solve them. Simply place an ad in these 
columns and watch your results pour in. 
For further information. Write Martin Lincoln, 
Amazing, One Park Avenue, New York 16, 
N.Y. 


145 


PATENTS 


EDUCATIONAL 

OPPORTUNITIES 


TAKE Bochelor's and Master's Degree corre- 
spondence courses from leading universities! 
Directory of 6,000 courses— $2.00. Cillege Re- 
search, North Highlands 7, California. 


FOR SALE 

LEG IRONS, $7.95; Handcuffs, $7.95. leather 
Restraints; Fetters; Collector's Specialties. 
Catalog 50#. Thomas Ferrick, Box 12F, New- 
buryport. Mass. 


BARGAIN: Summer stock sale. Long handled 
5 piece barbecue kits, steel handle, wooden 
grips, $3.50 per set postpaid. International 
House, 103-55 100th Street. Ozone Park 17, 
N. Y. 


BUY Shavers Wholesale: Remington Roll-A- 
Matic #659, $15.50; Remington Lektronic #660, 
$20.55; Remington Lady #261, $10.25; Norelco 
Floating Head #7870, $14.98. Send check or 
M. C. plus 50# postage and insurance. Fully 
Guaranteed. National Appliance Trading Co., 
Waterville, Maine. 


HELP WANTED 


EARN Extra money selling advertising book 
matches. Free sample furnished. Matchcorp, 
Dept. MD-112, Chicago 32, Illinois. 


HYPNOTISM 


HYPNOTIZE Unnoticed, quickly, effortlessly, or 
refund! Thousands satisfied! $2. Timner, Box 
244, Cedarburg, Wise. 


HYPNOTIZE! Practical Instruction Course $1 
guaranteed). Crystal's, 28-PZD2, Millburn, 
New Jersey. 


INSTRUCTION 


LEARN While Asleep, hypnotize with your 
recorder, phonography. Astonishing details, 
sensational catalog free! Sleep-Learning Asso- 
ciation, Box 24-ZD, Olympia, Washington. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


WORLDS Largest Book, Magazine, Self-Help 
and Moneymaking Listings 25#. Millions of 
Unusual Titles, Gigantic Discounts. Fabulous 
Merchandise Bargain Book Free With Offer. 
Rhodes 411-Z Davidson Indianapolis 2, Ind. 


DRUG Sundries Complete Line of Rubber 
Goods— Nationally Advertised Brands VI- 
TAMINS Etc. Write for free catalog. Federal 
Pharmacial Supply Inc. Dept. ZD, 6652 North 
WEStern Avenue, Chicago 45, Illinois. 


"HOME Brewing! Beers, Wines." Complete 
instructions $1. (Guaranteed). Crystal's, 28 
BAM6, Millburn, New Jersey. 

PRINTED 


PATENT Searches, $6.00. For free Invention 
Record, and "Information Inventor's Need/' 
write: Miss Heyward, 1029 Vermont Avenue 
NW, Washington 5, D. C. 


PERSONALS 


3 Questions Answered $1.00. Send Birthdates 
with large. Stamped, Selfaddressed, envelope. 
Star, 153 Camellia, San Antonio 9, Texas. 


LOVE, Money, Health, Success. Complete Life 
Reading $10.00. Personal Problems Advice 
$5.00. 3 Questions Answered $1.00. Send Birth 
Dates With Large, Stamped, Self-addressed 
Envelope. Star, 153 Camellia, San Antonio 
9, Texas. 


"INDEPENDENT Thinkers— investigate Human- 
ism! American Humanist Association, Dept. Al, 
Yellow Springs, Ohio." 


FORTUNE telling by reading palms. 120 page 
illustrated guide $3.00 postpaid. Boston 515 
Car r Street, Augusta, Georgia. 


HAVE Fun! Be Popular! 50 Wise Funny Cards 
$1.00. 10—25# Send Now! Excelsior, 397 Lynn- 
wood Washington. 


FAMILY Troubles? Love, financial problems? 
Any person can benefit from my service. Let 
me help you. Only $1. Young, 506 So. San 
Antonio, Ontario, Calif. 


PHOTO FINISHING 


FREE Photo Novelty Mirror or button with roll, 
12 jumbo prints 40#. EEDY, 5533 H‘‘ Milwaukee 
Avenue, Chicago, Illinois. 


ANYTHING in color copied made into minia- 
tures send 3.00 with order to Colorcraft Co., 
715 8th Ave., San Diego 1, California. 


STAMPS AND COINS 


TERRIFIC Stamp Bargain! Israel-lceland- 
San Marina— plus triangle set— Plus Antigua- 
Borneo - Virgin - Scouts - Congo - Russia— Plus 
large stamp book— all four offers free— Send 
10# for mailing cost. Empire Stomp Corpo- 
ration, Dept. Z2, Toronto, Canada. 


TAPE AND RECORDERS 


TAPE Recorders, Hi-Fi Components, Sleep- 
Learning Equipment, Tapes, Unusual Values. 
Free Catalog. Dressner, 1523 AM Jericho Tpke. 
New Hyde Park, N. Y. 


WANTED TO BUY 


QUICKSILVER, Platinum, Silver, Gold Ores 
analysed. Free circular. Mercury Terminal, 
Norwood, Massachusetts. 

IN U.S.A. 


146